Merge from emacs-24; up to 2012-12-03T21:07:47Z!eggert@cs.ucla.edu
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20545 60086 510404 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20576 17415 279992 225000))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20665 35316 344720 209000))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
126 outside a function.")
127
128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129
130 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
132 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133
134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135
136 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
141 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142
143 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144
145 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
146 Prompt for a change log name.
147
148 \(fn)" nil nil)
149
150 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
151 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152
153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157
158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
159 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161
162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
163 current buffer to the complete file name.
164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165
166 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167
168 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172
173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175
176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177
178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
179 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181
182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
184 after a comma on an existing line.
185
186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
188 the same person.
189
190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
191 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
192 notices.
193
194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196
197 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198
199 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
202 the change log file in another window.
203
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205
206 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212
213 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214
215 \(fn)" t nil)
216
217 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
219
220 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
222
223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
228
229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
230
231 \(fn)" nil nil)
232
233 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
236 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
237 or a buffer.
238
239 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
241
242 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
243
244 ;;;***
245 \f
246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
247 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
248 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20660 26176 137583 0))
249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
250
251 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
257 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
259 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
260 interpreted as `error'.")
261
262 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
263
264 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
270 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
271 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
272
273 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
274
275 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277
278 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279
280 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
282
283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
284
285 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
287
288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
293
294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
296 the new one.
297
298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
300 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
303
304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
305 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
307
308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
309
310 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
311
312 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
328
329 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
330
331 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
334
335 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
336 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
337 BODY...)
338
339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
343 see also `ad-add-advice'.
344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
345 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
346 before/around/after-advices will be used.
347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
348 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
351 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
353
354 Semantics of the various flags:
355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
356 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
358
359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
361
362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
363 advised function should be compiled.
364
365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
366 during activation until somebody enables it.
367
368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
369 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
372
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
375 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
376 BODY...)
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
379
380 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
381
382 ;;;***
383 \f
384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
385 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
386 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20566 45971 994610 911000))
387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
388
389 (autoload 'align "align" "\
390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
391 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
395 rule's `separate' attribute).
396
397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
399 `separate' attribute set.
400
401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
403 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
404 on the format of these lists.
405
406 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
407
408 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
411 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
413 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
417 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
418 options.
419
420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
422
423 Fred (123) 456-7890
424 Alice (123) 456-7890
425 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
426 Joe (123) 456-7890
427
428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
429 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
431
432 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
433
434 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
439 align that section.
440
441 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
442
443 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
446 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
449 been used to align that section.
450
451 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452
453 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
456 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
459 to be colored.
460
461 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462
463 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
465
466 \(fn)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 ;;;***
474 \f
475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
476 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
477 ;;;;;; (20652 52617 313760 0))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
479
480 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
482
483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
484
485 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
486
487 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
489
490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
492
493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
494 `allout-auto-activation'.
495
496 \(fn)" nil nil)
497
498 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
500
501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
503 file variable `allout-layout'.
504
505 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
507 specified layout is applied.
508
509 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
511
512 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
513 Auto-layout is not.
514
515 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
516
517 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
518
519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520
521 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
522
523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
526
527 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
528
529 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
534
535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536
537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
538
539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
544
545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548
549 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
550
551 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
553
554 \(fn)" nil t)
555
556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
561
562 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
566 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
570
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
572
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
581
582 and many other features.
583
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
587 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
589
590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
592 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
594 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
596 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
598 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
600
601 Exposure Control:
602 ----------------
603 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
605 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
606 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
607 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
608
609 Navigation:
610 ----------
611 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
613 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
614 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
616 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
618 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
621
622
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
625 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
628
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
631 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
632 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 current topic
635 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
636 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
638 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
641
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
644 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
646 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
647 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
648 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
651 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
652
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
655 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
657
658 Misc commands:
659 -------------
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
662 for `allout-layout'.
663 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
664 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
667 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
668 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 format.
672 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
673 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
674 auto-activation.
675
676 Topic Encryption
677
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
680 pending encryption on save.
681
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
687
688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
691 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
692 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
694 signal.
695
696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
698 for details.
699
700 HOT-SPOT Operation
701
702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
703 navigation and exposure control.
704
705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
707 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
708 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
709 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710
711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
713 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716
717 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
721 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
723 at the beginning of the current entry.
724
725 Extending Allout
726
727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
729 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
730
731 `allout-mode-hook'
732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
740
741 Terminology
742
743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
744
745 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
746 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
747 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
748 CURRENT ITEM:
749 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
750 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
751 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
752 called the:
753 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
754
755 ANCESTORS:
756 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
758 of the ITEM.
759 OFFSPRING:
760 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
761 SUBTOPIC:
762 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
763 CHILD:
764 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
765 SIBLINGS:
766 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
767
768 Topic text constituents:
769
770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
771 text.
772 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
773 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
774 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
776 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
777 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
778 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
779 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
780 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
781 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
782 the PREFIX.
783
784 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
785 of the ITEM.
786 PREFIX-LEAD:
787 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
788 It can be customized by changing the setting of
789 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
790
791 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
792 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
793 program code without interfering with processing of the text
794 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
795 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
796 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
797 docstring for more detail.
798 PREFIX-PADDING:
799 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
800 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
802 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
803 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
804 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
805 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
806 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
807 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
808 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
809 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
810 more details.
811 EXPOSURE:
812 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
813 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
814 CONCEALED:
815 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
816 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
817
818 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
820 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
821
822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
823
824 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
825
826 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
828
829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
831
832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
833
834 ;;;***
835 \f
836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
837 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
838 ;;;;;; (20545 60086 510404 0))
839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
840
841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
842
843 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
845
846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
847
848 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
849
850 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
852
853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
854 visiting an outline.
855
856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
858
859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
861 you want allout widgets operation.
862
863 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
864
865 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
866
867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
868
869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
874
875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
876 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
878
879 The graphics include:
880
881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
882
883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
884 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
885
886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
887 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
888
889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
892
893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
894
895 ;;;***
896 \f
897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
898 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20566 46265 242622 534000))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
900
901 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
902
903 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
906 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
907 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
909
910 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
911
912 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
913
914
915 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
916
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
920 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20545 60086 510404 0))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
922
923 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
929 in the current window.
930
931 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
932
933 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
936 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
938 buffer if one does not exist.
939
940 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
941
942 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
947
948 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
949
950 ;;;***
951 \f
952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
953 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20647 7982 429263 0))
954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
955
956 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
958
959 \(fn)" t nil)
960
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
963
964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
968
969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
971
972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
973
974 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
975
976 ;;;***
977 \f
978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
979 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20566 46627 290641
980 ;;;;;; 925000))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
982
983 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
986 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
988 \\[yank].
989
990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
991 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
993 the rules.
994
995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
999
1000 \(fn)" t nil)
1001
1002 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1004
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1010
1011 \(fn)" nil nil)
1012
1013 ;;;***
1014 \f
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1018
1019 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1025
1026 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1027
1028 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1032
1033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1034
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20533 50312
1040 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1054 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 normal variables.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1066
1067 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1068 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1069 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1070 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1071 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1072 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073
1074 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1075 noninteractive functions.
1076
1077 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1078 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1079
1080 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1081 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1082
1083 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1084
1085 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1086 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1087
1088 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1089
1090 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1091 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1092 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1093 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1094
1095 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1096 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1097 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1098 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1099
1100 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1101 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1102
1103 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1104
1105 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1106
1107 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1108 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1109 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1110 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1111 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1112
1113 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1116 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1117 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1118 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1119 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1120 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1121
1122 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1123 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1124 names and values of properties.
1125
1126 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1127
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129
1130 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1131 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1136
1137 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1138 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1139 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1140 documentation strings.
1141
1142 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1143
1144 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1145
1146 ;;;***
1147 \f
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20647
1149 ;;;;;; 7982 429263 0))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1151
1152 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1153 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1154 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1155 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1156 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1157 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1158
1159 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1160 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1161 archive.
1162
1163 \\{archive-mode-map}
1164
1165 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1166
1167 ;;;***
1168 \f
1169 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20533 50312 678915
1170 ;;;;;; 0))
1171 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1172
1173 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1174 Major mode for editing arrays.
1175
1176 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1177 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1178 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1179
1180 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1181
1182 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1183 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1184 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1185
1186 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1187 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1188 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1189 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1190 The variables are:
1191
1192 Variables you assign:
1193 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1194 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1195 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1196 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1197 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1198 row numbers in the buffer.
1199
1200 Variables which are calculated:
1201 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1202 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1203
1204 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1205 take a numeric prefix argument):
1206
1207 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1208 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1209 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1210 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1211
1212 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1213 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1214 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1215 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1216
1217 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1218 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1219 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1220 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1221
1222 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1223 between that of point and mark.
1224
1225 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1226 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1227
1228 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1229 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1230 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1231 newlines inside rows)
1232
1233 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1234
1235 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1236
1237 \(fn)" t nil)
1238
1239 ;;;***
1240 \f
1241 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20533
1242 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
1243 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1244
1245 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1246 Toggle Artist mode.
1247 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1248 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1249 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1250
1251 How to quit Artist mode
1252
1253 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1254
1255
1256 How to submit a bug report
1257
1258 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1259
1260
1261 Drawing with the mouse:
1262
1263 mouse-2
1264 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1265 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1266 below).
1267
1268 mouse-1
1269 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1270 or pastes:
1271
1272 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1275 to new point
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1292 lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Paste Paste Paste
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302
1303 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1304 or diagonally.
1305
1306 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1307 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1308 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1309 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1310 poly-lines.
1311
1312 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1313 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1314 overwrite means the opposite.
1315
1316 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1317 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1318 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1319
1320 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1321
1322 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1323 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1324
1325 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1326 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1327 are currently drawing something.
1328
1329 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1330 some time to fill.
1331
1332
1333 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1334 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1335
1336
1337 Settings
1338
1339 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1340
1341 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1342
1343 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1344
1345 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1346
1347 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1348 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1349
1350 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1351
1352
1353 Drawing with keys
1354
1355 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1356 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1357 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1358 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1359 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1360 When pasting: Pastes
1361
1362 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1363
1364 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1365
1366 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1367 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1368 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1369 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1370 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1371 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1372
1373
1374 Arrows
1375
1376 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1377 of the line/poly-line
1378
1379 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1380 of the line/poly-line
1381
1382
1383 Selecting operation
1384
1385 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1386
1387 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1388 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1389 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1390 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1391 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1394 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1395 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1396 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1397 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1398 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1399 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1400 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1406 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1407
1408
1409 Variables
1410
1411 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1412 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1413
1414 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1415 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1416 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1417 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1418 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1419 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1420 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1421 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1422 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1423 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1424 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1425 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1426 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1427 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1428 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1429 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1430 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1431 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1432 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1433
1434 Hooks
1435
1436 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1437
1438
1439 Keymap summary
1440
1441 \\{artist-mode-map}
1442
1443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1444
1445 ;;;***
1446 \f
1447 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20533
1448 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
1449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1450
1451 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1452 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1453 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1454
1455 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1456 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1457 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1458 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1459
1460 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1461 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1462
1463 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1464 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1465
1466 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1467
1468 Special commands:
1469 \\{asm-mode-map}
1470
1471 \(fn)" t nil)
1472
1473 ;;;***
1474 \f
1475 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1476 ;;;;;; (20545 60086 510404 0))
1477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1478
1479 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1480 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1481 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1482 let-binding.")
1483
1484 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1485
1486 ;;;***
1487 \f
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1491
1492 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1493 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1494 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1495
1496 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1497
1498 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1499 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1501 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1502 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1503
1504 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1505 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1506 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1507 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1508 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1509 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1510 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1511 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1512
1513 For example:
1514 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1515 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1516 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1517 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1518 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1519
1520 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1521
1522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1523
1524 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1525 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1526 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1529 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1530
1531 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1532
1533 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1534 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1535 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1536 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1537 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1538
1539 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1540 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1541 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1542
1543 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1544
1545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1546
1547 ;;;***
1548 \f
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1550 ;;;;;; (20665 31909 588757 472000))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1552
1553 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1554 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1555
1556 \(fn)" t nil)
1557
1558 ;;;***
1559 \f
1560 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1561 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20566 45969 322610 468000))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1563
1564 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1565 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1566 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1567
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1569
1570 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1572 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1573 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1574
1575 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1576
1577 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1578 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1579 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1582 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1583
1584 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1585
1586 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1587 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1590 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1591
1592 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1593 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1594
1595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1596
1597 ;;;***
1598 \f
1599 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1600 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1601 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
1602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1603
1604 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1605
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1607
1608 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1609 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1610 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1611
1612 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1613 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1614 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1615 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1616 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1617
1618 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1619
1620 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1621
1622 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1623 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1624 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1625 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1626 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1627
1628 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1629 directory or directories specified.
1630
1631 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1632 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1633 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1634 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1635 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1636 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1637
1638 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1639
1640 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1641 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1642 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1643 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1644 should be non-nil).
1645
1646 \(fn)" nil nil)
1647
1648 ;;;***
1649 \f
1650 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1651 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1652 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20629 14541 236054 412000))
1653 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1654
1655 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1656 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1660
1661 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1662 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1663 disk changes.
1664
1665 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1666 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1667 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1668
1669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1670
1671 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1672 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1673
1674 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1675 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1676
1677 \(fn)" nil nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1682 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1683 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1684
1685 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1686 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1687 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1688 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1689 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1690
1691 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1692 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1693 writing before you save the file!
1694
1695 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1696
1697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1698
1699 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1700 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1701
1702 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1703 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1704
1705 \(fn)" nil nil)
1706
1707 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1708 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1709 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1711 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1712 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1713
1714 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1715
1716 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1717 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1719 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1720 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1721
1722 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1723 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1724 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1725
1726 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1727 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1728 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1729 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1730 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1731
1732 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1733 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1734 specifies in the mode line.
1735
1736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1737
1738 ;;;***
1739 \f
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1741 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20594 14884 858174 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1743
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1749
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1751
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1756
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1760
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1770
1771 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1772
1773 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1774 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1775 definition of \"random distance\".)
1776
1777 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1778
1779 ;;;***
1780 \f
1781 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1782 ;;;;;; (20595 33984 147078 0))
1783 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1784 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1785
1786 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1787 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1788 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1789 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1790
1791 \(fn)" t nil)
1792
1793 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1794 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1795 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1798 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1799
1800 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1801
1802 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1803 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1807
1808 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1809 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1810 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1811 seconds.
1812
1813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1814
1815 ;;;***
1816 \f
1817 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1818 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20557 23173 326608
1819 ;;;;;; 0))
1820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1821
1822 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1823 Time execution of FORMS.
1824 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1825 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1826 FORMS once.
1827 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1828 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1829 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1830
1831 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1832
1833 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1834
1835 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1836 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1837 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1838 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1839 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1840
1841 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1842
1843 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1846 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1847 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1848 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1849 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1850
1851 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1852
1853 ;;;***
1854 \f
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1856 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20575 51581 109735 0))
1857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1858
1859 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1860 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1861 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1862 of corresponding buffers.
1863 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1864 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1865 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1866 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1867 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1868 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1869
1870 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1871
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1873 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1874
1875 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1876
1877 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1878 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1879 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1880 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1881
1882 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1883 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1884 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1885 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1886 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1887
1888 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1889 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1890
1891
1892 Special information:
1893
1894 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1895
1896 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1897 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1898 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1899 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1900 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1901 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1902 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1903 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1904 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1905 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1906 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1907
1908 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1909 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1910 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1911 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1912 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1913 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1914 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1915 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1916
1917 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1918
1919 ----------------------------------------------------------
1920 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1921 if that value is non-nil.
1922
1923 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1924
1925 \(fn)" t nil)
1926
1927 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1928 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1929 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1930 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1931 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1932 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1933 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1934 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1935 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1936 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1937 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1938 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1939
1940 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1941
1942 ;;;***
1943 \f
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1945 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
1946 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1947
1948 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1949 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 ;;;***
1954 \f
1955 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1956 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1957 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
1958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1959
1960 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1961 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1962
1963 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1964 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1965 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1966
1967 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1968
1969 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1970 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1971
1972 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1973
1974 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1975 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1976
1977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20552
1982 ;;;;;; 25066 479417 0))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1984
1985 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1986 Play blackbox.
1987 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1988
1989 What is blackbox?
1990
1991 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1992 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1993 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1994 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1995 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1996 your score.
1997
1998 Overview of play:
1999
2000 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2001 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2002 four.
2003
2004 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2005 movement keys.
2006
2007 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2008 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2009
2010 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2011 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2012
2013 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2014 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2015 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2016 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2017 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2018 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2019
2020 Details:
2021
2022 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2023
2024 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2025 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2026 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2027 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2028
2029 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2030 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2031 denoted by the letter `R'.
2032
2033 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2034 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2035 denoted by the letter `H'.
2036
2037 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2038 example.
2039
2040 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2041 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2042 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2043 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2044 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2045 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2046 ray.
2047
2048 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2049 degree deflection it causes.
2050
2051 1
2052 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2053 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2054 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2055 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2056 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2057 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2058 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2060 2 3
2061
2062 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2063 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2064
2065
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2067 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2069 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2072 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2074
2075 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2076 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2077 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2078 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2079 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2080 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2081 emerging from the box.
2082
2083 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2084
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2090 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093
2094 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2095 a reflection.
2096
2097 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2098
2099 ;;;***
2100 \f
2101 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2102 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2103 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2104 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2105 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20629 57223 201983 433000))
2106 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2107 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2108 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2109 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2110
2111 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2112 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2113 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2114 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2115 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2116 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2117 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2118
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2120 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2121 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2122
2123 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2124 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2125 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2126 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2127 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2128 recent one.
2129
2130 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2131 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2132 yank successive words.
2133
2134 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2135 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2136 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2137 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2138 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2139
2140 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2141 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2142 the list of bookmarks.)
2143
2144 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2145
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2147 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2148 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2149 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2150 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2151 this.
2152
2153 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2154 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2155 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2156 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2157
2158 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2159 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2160
2161 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2162 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2163 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2164
2165 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2166
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2169
2170 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2171
2172 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2173 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2174
2175 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2176 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2177 after a bookmark was set in it.
2178
2179 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2182 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2183
2184 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2185 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2188
2189 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2190
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2192 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2193 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2194 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2195
2196 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2197 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2198 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2199
2200 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2201 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2202 name.
2203
2204 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2205
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2207 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2208 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2209
2210 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2211 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2212 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2213 this.
2214
2215 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2218 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2219
2220 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2221 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2222 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2223 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2224 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2225 probably because we were called from there.
2226
2227 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2228
2229 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2230 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2231 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2232
2233 \(fn)" t nil)
2234
2235 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2236 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2237 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2238 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2239 \(second argument).
2240
2241 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2242 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2243 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2244 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2245 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2246
2247 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2248 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2249 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2250 `bookmark-default-file'.
2251
2252 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2255 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2256 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2257 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2258 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2259 while loading.
2260
2261 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2262 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2263 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2264 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2265 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2266 explicitly.
2267
2268 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2269 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2270 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2271 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2272
2273 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2274
2275 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2276 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2277 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2278 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2279 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2280
2281 \(fn)" t nil)
2282
2283 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2284
2285 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2286
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2288 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2289
2290 \(fn)" t nil)
2291
2292 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2293
2294 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2295
2296 ;;;***
2297 \f
2298 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2299 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2300 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2301 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2302 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2303 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2304 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2305 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2306 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20566 46699 734641 18000))
2307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2308
2309 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2310 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2311 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2312 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2313
2314 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2315 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2316 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2317 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2318 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2319
2320 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2321
2322 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2323 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2324 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2325 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2326 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2327 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2328
2329 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2330
2331 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2333 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2334 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2335 narrowed.
2336
2337 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2338
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2340 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2341
2342 \(fn)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2346
2347 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2351 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2352 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2353 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2354 first, if that exists.
2355
2356 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2360 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2361 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2362
2363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2367 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2368 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2369 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2370 to use.
2371
2372 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2375 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2376 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2377 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2378
2379 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2380
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2384 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2385
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2388 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2389 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390
2391 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2392 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2393 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2394
2395 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2396 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397
2398 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2399
2400 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2401 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2402 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2403 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2404
2405 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2406 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2407 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2408 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409
2410 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2411 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2412 new tab in an existing window instead.
2413
2414 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2415 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2422 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2423 Firefox.
2424
2425 When called interactively, if variable
2426 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2427 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2428 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2429 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430
2431 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2432 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2433 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2434
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2436 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437
2438 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2439 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2440 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2442 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2443 URL in a new window.
2444
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2446
2447 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2450 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2451 Chromium.
2452
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2458 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2459
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2462 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2463 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2464
2465 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2466 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2467 new tab in an existing window instead.
2468
2469 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2470 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471
2472 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2476
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2481 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2482 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2483
2484 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2485 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2486 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2487 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2488
2489 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2490 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2496
2497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2498 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2499 program is invoked according to the variable
2500 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2501
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2504 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2505 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2509
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2514 Default to the URL around or before point.
2515
2516 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2517 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2518 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2519
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2533
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2536 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2545 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2546 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2547
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2552 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2553 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2554 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2555 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2556
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2561 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2562 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2563 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2564
2565 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2566 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2567 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2568 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569
2570 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2571 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2572
2573 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2574
2575 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2576 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2577 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2578 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2579 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2580 current one.
2581
2582 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2583 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2584 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2585 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586
2587 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2588 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589
2590 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591
2592 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2593 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2594 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2595 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2596 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2597 don't offer a form of remote control.
2598
2599 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2600
2601 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2602 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2603 Default to the URL around or before point.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around the point.
2610
2611 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2612 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2613
2614 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2615 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 ;;;***
2620 \f
2621 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2622 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20574 57829 481502 235000))
2623 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2624
2625 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2626 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2627 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2628 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2629
2630 \(fn)" t nil)
2631
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2633 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2636
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2638
2639 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2640 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2641
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2643
2644 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2645 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2646 \\<bs-mode-map>
2647 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2648 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2649 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2650 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2651
2652 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2653 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2654 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2655 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2656 name of buffer configuration.
2657
2658 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2659
2660 ;;;***
2661 \f
2662 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20566 46646
2663 ;;;;;; 562639 12000))
2664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2665
2666 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2667 Play Bubbles game.
2668 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2669 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2670 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2671 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2672 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2673 columns on its right towards the left.
2674
2675 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2676 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2677 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2678 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2679
2680 \(fn)" t nil)
2681
2682 ;;;***
2683 \f
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20594 14884 858174 0))
2686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2687
2688 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2689
2690 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2691 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2693 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2694 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2695
2696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2697
2698 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2699 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2700
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2702
2703 ;;;***
2704 \f
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2706 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2707 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2708 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2709 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20656 14460 296991 0))
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2711 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2712 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714
2715 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2716
2717 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2718 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2719 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2720 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2721 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2722 else the global value will be modified.
2723
2724 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2725
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2729 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2732
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2734
2735 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2736 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2737 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2738
2739 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2743 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2744 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2745
2746 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2747 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2748 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2749 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2750 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2751 before scanning it.
2752
2753 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2754 that already has a `.elc' file.
2755
2756 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2757 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2758
2759 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2760 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2761 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2762 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2763 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2764 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2765
2766 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2767
2768 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2770 Print the result in the echo area.
2771 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2772
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2774
2775 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2776 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2777 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2778
2779 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2780
2781 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2782 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2783 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2784 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2785 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2786 all functions called by those functions.
2787
2788 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2789 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2790 cons, etc.).
2791
2792 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2793 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2794 invoked interactively.
2795
2796 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2797
2798 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2799 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2800 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2801 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2802
2803 \(fn)" nil nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2806 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2809 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2810 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2811 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2812 already up-to-date.
2813
2814 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2815
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2818 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2819 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2820
2821 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2822 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2823 and corresponding effects.
2824
2825 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2826
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20533
2830 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
2831 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2832
2833 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2834
2835 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2836
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20533 50312
2840 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2842
2843 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2852 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2854
2855 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2856 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2857 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2858 from the cursor position.
2859
2860 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2861
2862 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2867 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2868 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20655
2869 ;;;;;; 4702 996292 0))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2871 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2872
2873 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2874 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2875
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2877
2878 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2879 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2880
2881 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2882
2883 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2890
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2895 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2896 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2897
2898 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2902 This is most useful in the X window system.
2903 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2904 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2905
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 See calc-keypad for details.
2911
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2915 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2916
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2918
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2920 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2925 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2926
2927 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2930 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2931 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2932
2933 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2934
2935 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2936 Define Calc function.
2937
2938 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2939 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2940 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2941
2942 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2943 actual Lisp function name.
2944
2945 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2946
2947 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2948
2949 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2950
2951 ;;;***
2952 \f
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20533
2954 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2956
2957 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2958
2959
2960 \(fn N)" t nil)
2961
2962 ;;;***
2963 \f
2964 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20533
2965 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
2966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2967
2968 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2969 Run the Emacs calculator.
2970 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2971
2972 \(fn)" t nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20595
2977 ;;;;;; 33984 147078 0))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2979
2980 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2981 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2982 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2983 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2984 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2985 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2986
2987 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2988 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2989 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2990 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2991 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2992 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2993 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2994 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2995 window.
2996
2997 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2998 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2999
3000 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3001 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3002 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3003 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3004 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3005 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3006
3007 Runs the following hooks:
3008
3009 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3010 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3011 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3012 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3013
3014 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3015
3016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3017
3018 ;;;***
3019 \f
3020 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3021 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
3022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3023
3024 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3025 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3026
3027 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3028
3029 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3030 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3031 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3032 it fails.
3033
3034 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3035
3036 ;;;***
3037 \f
3038 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3039 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3041
3042 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3043 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3045 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3046 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3047
3048 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3049 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3050 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3051 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3052 restriction to ASCII.
3053
3054 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3055
3056 capitalizedWorDD
3057 ^ ^ ^^
3058
3059 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3060 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3061 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3062
3063 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3064 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3065 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3066 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3067 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3068 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3069 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3070
3071 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3072 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3073
3074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3075
3076 ;;;***
3077 \f
3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20533
3079 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3081 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3082
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3086 ;;;;;; (20656 14460 296991 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3088
3089 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3090 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3091
3092 \(fn)" nil nil)
3093
3094 ;;;***
3095 \f
3096 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3097 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3098 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20533 50312
3099 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3101
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3103 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3104
3105 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3106 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3110
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3112
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3116
3117 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3121
3122 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3123 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 made from scratch.
3125
3126 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3127
3128 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3130
3131 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3132
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3135 made from scratch.
3136
3137 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3141
3142 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3143 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3144 made from scratch.
3145
3146 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3147
3148 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3149 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3150
3151 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3152
3153 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3154 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3155 made from scratch.
3156
3157 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158
3159 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3160 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3161
3162 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3163 variables are guessed:
3164
3165 * `c-basic-offset', and
3166 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3167 `c-offsets-alist'.
3168
3169 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3170 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3171
3172 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3173 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3174
3175 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3176 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3177 guess is made from scratch.
3178
3179 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3180 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3181
3182 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3183
3184 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3185 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3186 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3187 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3188
3189 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3190 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3191 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3192
3193 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3194
3195 ;;;***
3196 \f
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3198 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (20665 35573 592719 966000))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3201
3202 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3204 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3205 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3206 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3207 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3208 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3209
3210 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3211
3212 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3213 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3222
3223 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3227 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3228 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3229
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3234
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c-mode-map}
3237
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3239
3240 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3241 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3242
3243 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3247 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3248 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3249 message.
3250
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3255
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c++-mode-map}
3258
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3260
3261 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3262 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3264
3265 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3272
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3277
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{objc-mode-map}
3280
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3282
3283 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3284 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3285 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3286
3287 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3288 Major mode for editing Java code.
3289 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3290 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3291 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3292 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3293 message.
3294
3295 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296
3297 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3298 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3299
3300 Key bindings:
3301 \\{java-mode-map}
3302
3303 \(fn)" t nil)
3304
3305 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3306 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3308
3309 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3310 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3311 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3312 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3313 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3314 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3315 message.
3316
3317 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3318
3319 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3320 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3321
3322 Key bindings:
3323 \\{idl-mode-map}
3324
3325 \(fn)" t nil)
3326
3327 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3328 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3329 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3330 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3331
3332 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3333 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3334 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3335 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3336 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3337 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3338 message.
3339
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3341
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3344
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{pike-mode-map}
3347
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3349 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3350 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3352 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3353 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3354 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3355
3356 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3357 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3358 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3359 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3360 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3361 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3362
3363 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3364
3365 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3366 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3367
3368 Key bindings:
3369 \\{awk-mode-map}
3370
3371 \(fn)" t nil)
3372
3373 ;;;***
3374 \f
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3376 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20566 46620 114637 614000))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3378
3379 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3380 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3381 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3382 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3383
3384 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3385
3386 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3387 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3388 might get set too.
3389
3390 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3391 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3392 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3393 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3394 in this way.
3395
3396 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3397 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3398 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3399 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3400 a null operation.
3401
3402 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3403
3404 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3405 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3406 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3407 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3408
3409 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3410
3411 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3412 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3413 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3414
3415 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3416
3417 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3418 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3419 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3420 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3421 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3422
3423 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3424
3425 ;;;***
3426 \f
3427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20596 57817
3428 ;;;;;; 368875 0))
3429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3430 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3431 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3432 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3433
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3437 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3438 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3440
3441 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3442 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3443
3444 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3445
3446 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3447 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3448
3449 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3450
3451 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3452 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3453
3454 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3455 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3456 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3457 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3458 execution.
3459
3460 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3461
3462 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3463
3464 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3465 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3466
3467 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3468 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3469 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3470 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3471
3472 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3473 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3474 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3475 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3476 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3477 `write' commands.
3478
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3481 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3483
3484 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3485 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3486 semantics.
3487
3488 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3489
3490 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3491
3492 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3493
3494 STATEMENT :=
3495 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3496 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3497
3498 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3499 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3500 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3501 | integer
3502
3503 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3504
3505 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3506 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3507 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3508
3509 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3510 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3511 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3512
3513 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3514 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3515
3516 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3517 BREAK := (break)
3518
3519 REPEAT :=
3520 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3521 (repeat)
3522 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3523 ;; (repeat))
3524 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3525 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3526 ;; (read REG)
3527 ;; (repeat))
3528 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3529 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3530 ;; (read REG)
3531 ;; (repeat))
3532 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3533
3534 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3535 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3536 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3537 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3538 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3539 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3540 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3541 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3542 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3543 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3544 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3545 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3546 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3547 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3548 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3549 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3550
3551 WRITE :=
3552 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3553 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3554 ;; representation.
3555 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3556 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3557 ;; (write r7))
3558 | (write EXPRESSION)
3559 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3560 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3561 ;; representation.
3562 | (write integer)
3563 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3564 ;; buffer.
3565 | (write string)
3566 ;; Same as: (write string)
3567 | string
3568 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3569 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3570 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3571 ;; representation.
3572 | (write REG ARRAY)
3573 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3574 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3575 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3576 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3577 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3578 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3579
3580 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3581 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3582
3583 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3584 END := (end)
3585
3586 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3587 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3588 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3589
3590 ARG := REG | integer
3591
3592 OPERATOR :=
3593 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3594 + | - | * | / | %
3595
3596 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3597 | & | `|' | ^
3598
3599 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | << | >>
3601
3602 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3603 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3604 | <8
3605
3606 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3607 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3608 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3609 | >8
3610
3611 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3612 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3613 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3614 | //
3615
3616 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3618
3619 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3620 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3623 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3624 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3625 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3626 | de-sjis
3627
3628 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3629 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3630 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3632 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3633 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3634 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3635 ;; byte of SJIS.
3636 | en-sjis
3637
3638 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3639 ;; Same meaning as C code
3640 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3641
3642 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3643 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3644 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3645 | <8=
3646
3647 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3648 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3649 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3650
3651 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3652 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3653 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3654 | //=
3655
3656 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3657
3658
3659 TRANSLATE :=
3660 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3661 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3662 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3663 LOOKUP :=
3664 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3665 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3666 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3667 MAP :=
3668 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3669 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3670 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3671 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3672 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3673 MAP-ID := integer
3674
3675 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3676
3677 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3678
3679 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3680 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3681 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3682 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3683 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3684 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3685
3686 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3687
3688 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3689 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3690 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3691
3692 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3693
3694 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3695
3696 ;;;***
3697 \f
3698 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3699 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3701
3702 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3703 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3704 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3705 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3706
3707 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3708
3709 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3710
3711 ;;;***
3712 \f
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3714 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3716
3717 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3718 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3719 There are no special keybindings by default.
3720
3721 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3722 to the action header.
3723
3724 \(fn)" t nil)
3725
3726 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3729
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3732
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3734
3735 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3737 on the buffer contents
3738
3739 \(fn)" nil nil)
3740
3741 ;;;***
3742 \f
3743 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3744 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
3745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3746
3747 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3748 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3749 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3750
3751 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3754 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3755 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3756
3757 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3758
3759 ;;;***
3760 \f
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3762 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3763 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3764 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3765 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3766 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3767 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3768 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20647 7982 429263 0))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3771 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3776
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3778
3779
3780 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3781
3782 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3783 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3784 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3785 the users will view as each check is completed.
3786
3787 \(fn)" t nil)
3788
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3791 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3792 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3793 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3794 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3795 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3796 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3797
3798 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3799
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3801 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3802 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3803 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3804 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3805 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3806 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3807 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3808
3809 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3810
3811 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3812 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3813 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3814 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3815 spacing are all verified.
3816
3817 \(fn)" t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3820 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3821 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3822 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3823 otherwise stop after the first error.
3824
3825 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3828 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3829 Only documentation strings are checked.
3830 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3831 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3832 a separate buffer.
3833
3834 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3835
3836 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3837 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3839 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3840 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3841
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3847 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3848 if there is one.
3849
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3853 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3854 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3855 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3856 if there is one.
3857 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3858
3859 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3862 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3863 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3864
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3868 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3869 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3870 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3871 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3872
3873 \(fn)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3876 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3877 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3878 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3879 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3880 space at the end of each line.
3881
3882 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3883
3884 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3885 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3886 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3887 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3888
3889 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3890
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3893 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3895
3896 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3897
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3902
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3904
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3909
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3913 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3914 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3916
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3921 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3923
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3930
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3934 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3935 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3936 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3937
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3941 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3942 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3943 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3944
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3948 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3952
3953 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3954 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3955 checking of documentation strings.
3956
3957 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3958
3959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3960
3961 ;;;***
3962 \f
3963 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3964 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3965 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
3966 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3967
3968 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3969 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3970 Return the length of resulting text.
3971
3972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3973
3974 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3975 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3976
3977 \(fn)" t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3980 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3981 Return the length of resulting text.
3982
3983 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3984
3985 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3986 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3987
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3991
3992
3993 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3994
3995 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3996
3997
3998 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3999
4000 ;;;***
4001 \f
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4003 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4005
4006 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4007 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4008 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4009 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4010 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4011 editing and the result is evaluated.
4012
4013 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4014
4015 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4016 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4017 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4018 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4019 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4020
4021 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4022
4023 \(fn)" t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4026 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4027 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4028 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4029 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4030
4031 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4032 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4033 \\{command-history-map}
4034
4035 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4036 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4037
4038 \(fn)" t nil)
4039
4040 ;;;***
4041 \f
4042 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4043 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
4044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4045
4046 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4047 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4048 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4049 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4050 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4051 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4052 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4053 of this function.
4054
4055 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4056 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4057 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4058 property are:
4059
4060 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4061 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4062
4063 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4064 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4065 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4066 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4067 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4068 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4069 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4070 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4071 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4072 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4073 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4074 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4075
4076 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4077 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4078 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4079
4080 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4081 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4082 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4083 list elements are:
4084
4085 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4086
4087 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4088
4089 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4090
4091 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4092 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4093
4094 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4095 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4096
4097 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4098 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4099 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4100 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4101 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4102 value specified by their associated list element.
4103
4104 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4105
4106 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4107 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4108 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4109
4110 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4111 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4112 * indent the first argument by 4.
4113 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4114 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4115 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4116
4117 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4118
4119 ;;;***
4120 \f
4121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20648 29678
4122 ;;;;;; 511980 0))
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4124
4125 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4126
4127 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4128 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4129 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4130 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4131 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4132 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4133
4134 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4135 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4136
4137 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4138
4139 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4140
4141 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4142
4143 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4144
4145 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4146
4147 ;;;***
4148 \f
4149 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4150 ;;;;;; (20566 46193 922619 203000))
4151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4152
4153 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4154 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4155 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4156 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4157
4158 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4159 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4160 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4161 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4162
4163 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4164 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4165
4166 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4167
4168 ;;;***
4169 \f
4170 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20533
4171 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
4172 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4173
4174 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4175 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4176 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4177 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4178 of `scheme-program-name').
4179 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4180 it is given as initial input.
4181 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4182 discards input when it starts up.
4183 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4184 is run).
4185 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4186
4187 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4188
4189 ;;;***
4190 \f
4191 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20650 61396
4192 ;;;;;; 673885 0))
4193 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4194
4195 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4196 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4197 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4198 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4199
4200 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4201 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4202
4203 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4204 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4205 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4206
4207 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4208
4209 ;;;***
4210 \f
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4212 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4213 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4214 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4216
4217 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4218 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4219 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4220 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4221 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4222 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4223 functions have already modified the buffer.
4224
4225 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4226
4227 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4228 either globally or locally.")
4229
4230 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4231 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4232 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4233 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4234
4235 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4236 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4237 `start-file-process'
4238 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4239 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4240 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4241
4242 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4243 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4244
4245 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4246
4247 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4248
4249 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4250
4251 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4252 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4253 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4254 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4255 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4256 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4257 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4258 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4259 process as its initial input.
4260
4261 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4262
4263 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4264
4265 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4266
4267 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4268 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4269 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4270 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4271 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4272 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4273
4274 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4275
4276 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4277 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4278 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4279 directory tracking functions.")
4280
4281 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4282 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4283 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4284
4285 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4286
4287 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4288
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4292
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4294
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4296
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to current process.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4301
4302 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4303
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308
4309 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4310
4311 ;;;***
4312 \f
4313 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4314 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4316
4317 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4318 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4319 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4320 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4321
4322 This command pushes the mark in each window
4323 at the prior location of point in that window.
4324 If both windows display the same buffer,
4325 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4326 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4327
4328 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4330 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4331 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4332 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4333 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4334 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4335 ignored.
4336
4337 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4338 this command work in interlaced mode:
4339 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4340 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4341 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4342
4343 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4344
4345 ;;;***
4346 \f
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4348 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4349 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4350 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4351 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20666
4352 ;;;;;; 61709 220674 0))
4353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4354
4355 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4356 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4357
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4359
4360 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4361 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4362 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4363 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4364 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4365 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4366 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4367
4368 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4371 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4372
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4376 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4377 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4378 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4379 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4380
4381 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4382 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4383 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4384 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4385 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4386
4387 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4388 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4389 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4390 describing how the process finished.")
4391
4392 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4393 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4394 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4395 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4396 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4397
4398 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4399 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4400 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4401
4402 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4403
4404 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4405 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4406 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4407 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4408
4409 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4410
4411 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4412 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4413
4414 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4415 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4416
4417 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4418 (lambda ()
4419 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4420 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4421 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4422 (concat \"make -k \"
4423 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4424
4425 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4426 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4427
4428 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4429 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4430 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4431 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4432
4433 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4434
4435 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4436 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4437 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4438 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4439
4440 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4441 and move to the source code that caused it.
4442
4443 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4444 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4445
4446 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4447 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4448 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4449 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4450
4451 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4452 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4453 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4454 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4455
4456 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4457 kills its subprocesses.
4458
4459 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4460 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4461 to a function that generates a unique name.
4462
4463 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4464
4465 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4466 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4467 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4468 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4469
4470 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4471 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4472
4473 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4474 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4475 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4476 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4477
4478 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4479 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4480 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4481
4482 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4483
4484 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4485
4486 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4487 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4488 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4489 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4490 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4491
4492 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4493
4494 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4495
4496 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4497
4498 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4499
4500 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4501 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4503 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4504 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4505
4506 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4507 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4508 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4509 See `compilation-mode'.
4510
4511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4512
4513 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4514 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4516 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4517 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4518
4519 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4520 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4521 `compilation-mode'.
4522
4523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4524
4525 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4526 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4527 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4528
4529 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4530
4531 ;;;***
4532 \f
4533 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4534 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4536
4537 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4538 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4539 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4542 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4543
4544 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4545
4546 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4547 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4549 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4550 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4551
4552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4553
4554 ;;;***
4555 \f
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4557 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4558 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4559 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4561
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4569
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4573
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4577
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4582
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4590
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4592
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4599
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4601
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603 Encoding=UTF-8
4604 Name=The GIMP
4605 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606 Name[cs]=GIMP
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4616
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4620
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4623
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4625
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4631
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4635
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4642
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4644
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4653
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4655
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4657
4658 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png png
4660 image/tiff tiff tif
4661
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer desktop
4667
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4673
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4675
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4680
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4682
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4685
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4687
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4692
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4694
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4697
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4704
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4706
4707 *background: gray99
4708 *foreground: black
4709
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4711
4712 ;;;***
4713 \f
4714 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4715 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20545 60086 510404 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4717
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4724
4725 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4726 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4727 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4728 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4729
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4731
4732 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4733 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4734 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4735 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4736
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4738
4739 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4740 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4741
4742 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4747 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20533
4748 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4750 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4751 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4752 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4753
4754 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4755 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4756 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4757 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4758 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4759 following the copyright are updated as well.
4760 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4761 interactively.
4762
4763 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4764
4765 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4766 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4767 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4768 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4769 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4770
4771 \(fn)" t nil)
4772
4773 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4774 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4775
4776 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4777
4778 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4779 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4780 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4781
4782 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4783
4784 ;;;***
4785 \f
4786 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4787 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20665 37088 368703
4788 ;;;;;; 981000))
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4790 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4797
4798 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4799 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4801 Tab indents for Perl code.
4802 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4804
4805 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4806 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4807 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4808 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4809 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4810 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4811 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4812 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4813 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4814 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4815 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4816 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4817
4818 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4819
4820 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4821 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4822
4823 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4824
4825 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4826 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4827 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4828 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4829 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4830 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4831 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4832 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4833 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4834
4835 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4836
4837 bite if angry;
4838
4839 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4840 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4841 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4842 to nil.)
4843
4844 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4845 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4846 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4847
4848 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4849
4850 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4851 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4852 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4853 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4854 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4855
4856 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4857
4858 if (A) { B }
4859
4860 into
4861
4862 B if A;
4863
4864 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4865
4866 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4867 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4868 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4869 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4870 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4871 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4872 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4873 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4874 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4875 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4876 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4877 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4878 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4879
4880 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4881 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4882 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4883 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4884 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4885 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4886
4887 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4888 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4889 man via menu.
4890
4891 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4892 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4893 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4894 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4895 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4896
4897 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4898 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4899 span the needed amount of lines.
4900
4901 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4902 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4903 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4904 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4905
4906 Variables controlling indentation style:
4907 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4908 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4910 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4911 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4912 `cperl-auto-newline'
4913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4914 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4915 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4916 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4917 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4918 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4919 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4920 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4921 `cperl-indent-level'
4922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4927 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4930 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4931 `cperl-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4933 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4935 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4936 `cperl-label-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4938 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4939 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4940
4941 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4942 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4943 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4944 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4945 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4946 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4947
4948 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4949 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4950 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4951 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4952
4953 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4954 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4955 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4956 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4957 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4958 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4959 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4960
4961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4962 column 0 is indented on
4963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4964
4965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4966 with no args.
4967
4968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4970 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4971
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4976
4977 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4978
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4981
4982 \(fn)" t nil)
4983
4984 ;;;***
4985 \f
4986 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4987 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4989
4990 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4991 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4992 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4993 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4994 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4995
4996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5000
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5002
5003 ;;;***
5004 \f
5005 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5006 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5008
5009 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5010 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5011 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5012 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5013
5014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5015 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5016
5017 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5018
5019 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5020 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5022 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5023 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5024
5025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5026
5027 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5028
5029 ;;;***
5030 \f
5031 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5032 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
5033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5034
5035 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5036 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5037 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5038 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5039
5040 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5041 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5042 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5043 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5044
5045 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5046 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5047 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5048
5049 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5050 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5051 'bob', and 'eve'.
5052
5053 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5054 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5055 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5056
5057 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5058
5059 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5060 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5061 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5062
5063 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5064
5065 ;;;***
5066 \f
5067 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20665
5068 ;;;;;; 38640 856688 172000))
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5070
5071 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5072 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5073
5074 \(fn)" t nil)
5075
5076 ;;;***
5077 \f
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5079 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5081
5082 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5083 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5084 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5087 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5088
5089 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5090
5091 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5092 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5094 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5095 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5096
5097 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5098 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5099 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5100 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5101 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5102 normal function of these prefix keys.
5103
5104 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5105 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5106 options:
5107 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5108 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5109 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5110
5111 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5112 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5113 the prefix fallback behavior.
5114
5115 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5116 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5117 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5118 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5119
5120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5123 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5124
5125 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5126
5127 ;;;***
5128 \f
5129 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5130 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5131 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5132 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5133 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5134 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5135 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5136 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5137 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5138 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5139 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20657 37717 602128 837000))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5141
5142 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5143 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5144
5145 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5146
5147 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5148 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5149
5150 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5151
5152 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5153 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5154
5155 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5156
5157 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5158 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5159
5160 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5161 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5162
5163 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5164 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5165
5166 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5167
5168 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5169
5170 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5171 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5172 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5173
5174 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5175 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5176
5177 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5178 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5179
5180 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5181 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5182
5183 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5184
5185 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5186
5187 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5188 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5189 Return VALUE.
5190
5191 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5192 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5193
5194 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5195 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5196
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5198 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5199
5200 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5201
5202 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5205 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5206 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5207 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5208
5209 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5210 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5211 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5212
5213 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5214
5215 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5216 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5217 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5218 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5219 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5220
5221 \(fn)" t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5225 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5226 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5227
5228 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5232 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5233
5234 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5235
5236 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5238
5239 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5240
5241 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5242
5243 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5245
5246 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5247
5248 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5249
5250 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5251 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5252 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5253
5254 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5255
5256 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5257 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5258 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5259 as part of Emacs itself.
5260
5261 Each elements looks like this:
5262
5263 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5264
5265 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5266 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5267 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5268 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5269 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5270 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5271 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5272 and `defface'.
5273
5274 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5275
5276 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5277 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5278 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5279 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5280 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5281
5282 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5283 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5284 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5285 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5286
5287 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5288
5289 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5291 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5292 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5293 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5294 release.
5295
5296 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5297 that were added or redefined since that version.
5298
5299 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5300
5301 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5303 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5304 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5305
5306 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5307
5308 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5309 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5310
5311 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5312
5313 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5314 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5315 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5316
5317 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5318 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5319
5320 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5321
5322 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5324
5325 \(fn)" t nil)
5326
5327 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5329
5330 \(fn)" t nil)
5331
5332 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5333 Customize all saved options and faces.
5334
5335 \(fn)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5339 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5340 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5341 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5342 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5343
5344 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5345 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5346 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5347
5348 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5349
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5352
5353 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5354
5355 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5357
5358 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5359
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5362
5363 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5367 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5368 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5369 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5370 that option.
5371
5372 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5376 The result includes selecting that window.
5377 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5378 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5379 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5380 that option.
5381
5382 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5383
5384 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5385 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5386
5387 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5388
5389 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5390 File used for storing customization information.
5391 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5392 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5393 it should be an absolute file name.
5394
5395 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5396 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5397 something like the following in your init file:
5398
5399 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5400 \(load custom-file)
5401
5402 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5403 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5404
5405 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5406 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5407 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5408 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5409 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5410
5411 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5412 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5413 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5414 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5415 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5416 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5417 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5418 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5419 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5420 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5421
5422 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5423
5424 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5425 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5426
5427 \(fn)" nil nil)
5428
5429 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5430 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5431
5432 \(fn)" t nil)
5433
5434 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5435 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5436 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5437
5438 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5439
5440 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5441 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5442 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5443 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5444 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5445
5446 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5447
5448 ;;;***
5449 \f
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5451 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20533
5452 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5454
5455 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Create or edit a custom theme.
5457 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5458 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5459 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5460 from the Custom save file.
5461 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5462 named *Custom Theme*.
5463
5464 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5468
5469 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5473
5474 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5477 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5478 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5479 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5480
5481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5482
5483 ;;;***
5484 \f
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5486 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5488
5489 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5490 Mode used for cvs status output.
5491
5492 \(fn)" t nil)
5493
5494 ;;;***
5495 \f
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (20576 15647 691916 958000))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5499
5500 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5501 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5502
5503 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5504
5505 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5506 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5507 C++ modes are included.
5508
5509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5510 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5511 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5512
5513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5514
5515 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5516
5517 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5518 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5519 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5521 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5522 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5523
5524 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5525
5526 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5527 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5528 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5529 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5530 ARG is omitted or nil.
5531
5532 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5533 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5534 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5535
5536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5537
5538 ;;;***
5539 \f
5540 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5541 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5542 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
5543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5544
5545 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5546 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5547
5548 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5549
5550 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5551 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5552
5553 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5554
5555 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5556 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5557 For readability, the table is slightly
5558 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5559
5560 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5561 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5562 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5563 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5564 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5565
5566 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5567
5568 ;;;***
5569 \f
5570 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5571 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
5572 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5573 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5574 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5575 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5576 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5577
5578 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5579 Completion on current word.
5580 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5581 and presents suggestions for completion.
5582
5583 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5584 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5585 completions.
5586
5587 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5588 then it searches *all* buffers.
5589
5590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591
5592 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5593 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5594
5595 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5596 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5597 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5598 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5599 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5600
5601 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5602 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5603
5604 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5605 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5606 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5607
5608 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5609 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5610
5611 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5612
5613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5614
5615 ;;;***
5616 \f
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5618 ;;;;;; (20585 42247 727488 570000))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5620
5621 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5622 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5623
5624 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5625
5626 ;;;***
5627 \f
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20615
5629 ;;;;;; 22847 537904 0))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5631
5632 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5633 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5634 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5635 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5636 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5637
5638 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5639
5640 ;;;***
5641 \f
5642 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20533
5643 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
5644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5645
5646 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5647 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5648
5649 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5650 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5651 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5652
5653 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5654 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5655 Data lines are not indented.
5656
5657 Key bindings:
5658
5659 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5660 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5661
5662 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5663 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5664 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5665 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5666
5667 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5668
5669 dcl-basic-offset
5670 Extra indentation within blocks.
5671
5672 dcl-continuation-offset
5673 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5674
5675 dcl-margin-offset
5676 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5677
5678 dcl-margin-label-offset
5679 Indentation for a label.
5680
5681 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5682 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5683
5684 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5685 dcl-block-end-regexp
5686 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5687 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5688 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5689 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5690 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5691
5692 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5693 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5694 Two such functions are included in the package:
5695 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5696 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5697
5698 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5699 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5700 One such function is included in the package:
5701 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5702
5703 dcl-tab-always-indent
5704 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5705 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5706 margin.
5707
5708 dcl-electric-characters
5709 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5710 typed.
5711
5712 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5713 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5714 which words trigger electric indentation.
5715
5716 dcl-tempo-comma
5717 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5718 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5719 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5720
5721 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5722 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5723 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5724 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5725
5726 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5727 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5728 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5729 dcl-imenu-label-call
5730 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5731
5732 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5733 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5734 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5735 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5736
5737
5738 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5739
5740 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5741 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5742 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5743 $ i = 1
5744 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5745 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5746 $ label:
5747 $ if i.eq.1
5748 $ then
5749 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5750 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5751 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5752 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5753 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5754 \"lined up with the command line\"
5755 $ type sys$input
5756 Data lines are not indented at all.
5757 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5758 $ endif
5759 $
5760
5761
5762 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5763 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5764
5765 \(fn)" t nil)
5766
5767 ;;;***
5768 \f
5769 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5770 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20647 7982 429263 0))
5771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5772
5773 (setq debugger 'debug)
5774
5775 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5776 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5777 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5778 of the evaluator.
5779
5780 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5781 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5782 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5783
5784 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5787 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5788
5789 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5790
5791 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5792 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5793 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5794 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5795 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5796 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5797
5798 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5799 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5800
5801 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5802
5803 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5804 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5805 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5806 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5807 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5808
5809 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5810
5811 ;;;***
5812 \f
5813 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5814 ;;;;;; (20566 45330 762583 402000))
5815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5816
5817 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5818 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5819
5820 \(fn)" t nil)
5821
5822 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5823 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5824 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5825 Upper-case letters are commands.
5826
5827 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5828 modify it.
5829
5830 The most useful commands are:
5831 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5832 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5833 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5834 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5835 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5836 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5837
5838 \(fn)" t nil)
5839
5840 ;;;***
5841 \f
5842 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5843 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20533
5844 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5846
5847 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5848 Customization of `columns' group.
5849
5850 \(fn)" t nil)
5851
5852 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5853 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5854
5855 START and END delimits the text region.
5856
5857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5858
5859 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5860 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5861
5862 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5863
5864 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5865
5866 ;;;***
5867 \f
5868 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20533
5869 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
5870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5871
5872 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5873 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5874 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5875 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5876 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5877 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5878 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5879
5880 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5881
5882 Customization:
5883
5884 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5885 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5886 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5887 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5888 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5889 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5890 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5891 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5892 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5893 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5894 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5895 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5896 blank line.
5897 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5898 Directories to search when finding external units.
5899 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5900 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5901
5902 Coloring:
5903
5904 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5905 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5906 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5907 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5908 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5909 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5910 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5911 Face used to color everything else.
5912
5913 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5914 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5915
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20613
5921 ;;;;;; 39767 44650 0))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5923
5924 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5925
5926 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5927 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5928 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5931 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5932
5933 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5934
5935 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5936 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5938 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5939 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5940
5941 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5942 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5943 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5944 any selection.
5945
5946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5947
5948 ;;;***
5949 \f
5950 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5951 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20661 34503 396141 0))
5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5953
5954 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5955 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5956
5957 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5958
5959 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5960 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5961 or nil if there is no parent.
5962 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5963 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5964 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5965 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5966 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5967
5968 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5969 arguments are currently understood:
5970 :group GROUP
5971 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5972 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5973 :syntax-table TABLE
5974 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5975 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5976 :abbrev-table TABLE
5977 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5978 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5979
5980 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5981
5982 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5983
5984 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5985 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5986 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5987
5988 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5989 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5990
5991 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5992 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5993 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5994
5995 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5996 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5997
5998 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5999 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6000
6001 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6002
6003 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6004
6005 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6006
6007 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6008 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6009 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6010 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6011 the first time the mode is used.
6012
6013 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6014
6015 ;;;***
6016 \f
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6018 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20660 26176 137583 0))
6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6020
6021 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6022 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6023 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6024 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6025 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6026 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6027 otherwise.
6028
6029 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6030
6031 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6032 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6033 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6034 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6035
6036 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6037 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6038 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6039
6040 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6041 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6042 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6043 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6044 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6045 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6046 relevant to POS.
6047
6048 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6049
6050 ;;;***
6051 \f
6052 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6053 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6054 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6055 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20664 5610 38100 0))
6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6057
6058 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6059 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6060 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6061
6062 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6063
6064 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6065 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6068 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6069
6070 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6071 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6072 `desktop-read' for details.
6073
6074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6075
6076 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6077 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6078 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6079 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6080
6081 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6082
6083 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6084 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6085 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6086
6087 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6088 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6089 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6090
6091 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6092 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6093
6094 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6095 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6096 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6097
6098 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6099 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6100 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6101 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6102
6103 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6104
6105 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6106 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6107
6108 Handlers are called with argument list
6109
6110 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6111
6112 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6113
6114 desktop-file-version
6115 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6116 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6117 desktop-buffer-point
6118 desktop-buffer-mark
6119 desktop-buffer-read-only
6120 desktop-buffer-locals
6121
6122 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6123 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6124
6125 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6126 code like
6127
6128 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6129 ...
6130 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6131 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6132
6133 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6134
6135 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6136
6137 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6138 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6139 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6140 List elements must have the form
6141
6142 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6143
6144 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6145 function.
6146
6147 Handlers are called with argument list
6148
6149 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6150
6151 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6152
6153 desktop-file-version
6154 desktop-buffer-file-name
6155 desktop-buffer-name
6156 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6157 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6158 desktop-buffer-point
6159 desktop-buffer-mark
6160 desktop-buffer-read-only
6161 desktop-buffer-misc
6162
6163 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6164 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6165 created and set.
6166
6167 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6168 code like
6169
6170 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6171 ...
6172 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6173 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6174
6175 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6176
6177 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6178
6179 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6180
6181 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6182 Empty the Desktop.
6183 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6184 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6185 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6186
6187 \(fn)" t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6190 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6191 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6192 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6193 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6194
6195 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6196
6197 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6198 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6199 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6200
6201 \(fn)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6204 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6205 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6206 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6207 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6208 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6209 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6210 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6211
6212 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6215 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6216 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6217
6218 \(fn)" nil nil)
6219
6220 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6221
6222 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6223 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6224 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6225 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6226 directory DIRNAME.
6227
6228 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6229
6230 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6231 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6232
6233 \(fn)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6236 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6237
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6239
6240 ;;;***
6241 \f
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6243 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6244 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6246
6247 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6248 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6249 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6250 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6251 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6252 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6253
6254 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6255
6256 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6257 Repair a broken attribution line.
6258 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6259
6260 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6261
6262 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6263 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6264 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6265 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6266
6267 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6268
6269 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6270 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6271
6272 \(fn)" t nil)
6273
6274 ;;;***
6275 \f
6276 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6277 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20668 15033 902481 0))
6278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6279
6280 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6281 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6282 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6283 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6284 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6285
6286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6287
6288 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6289 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6290 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6291 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6292
6293 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6294 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6295 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6296 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6297
6298 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6299 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6300
6301 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6302 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6303 calendar-date-style 'european
6304 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6305
6306 \(diary-mail-entries)
6307
6308 # diary-rem.el ends here
6309
6310 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6311
6312 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6313 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6314
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6316
6317 ;;;***
6318 \f
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6320 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6321 ;;;;;; (20570 39802 408146 846000))
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6323
6324 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6325 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6326
6327 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6328
6329 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6330 The command to use to run diff.")
6331
6332 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6333
6334 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6335 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6336 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6337 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6338 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6339 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6340
6341 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6342 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6343 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6344
6345 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6346
6347 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6348 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6349 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6350 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6351 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6352 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6353
6354 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6357 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6358
6359 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6360
6361 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6362 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6363 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6364
6365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6366
6367 ;;;***
6368 \f
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6370 ;;;;;; (20650 61396 673885 0))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6372
6373 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6374 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6375 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6376 normal diffs.
6377
6378 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6379 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6380 headers for you on-the-fly.
6381
6382 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6383 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6384 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6385
6386 \\{diff-mode-map}
6387
6388 \(fn)" t nil)
6389
6390 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6391 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6395
6396 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6397
6398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6399
6400 ;;;***
6401 \f
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6404
6405 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6406 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6407 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6408
6409 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6410
6411 ;;;***
6412 \f
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6414 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20656 14460
6415 ;;;;;; 296991 0))
6416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6417
6418 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6419 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6420 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6421 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6422 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6423 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6424 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6425 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6426
6427 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6428
6429 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6430 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6431 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6432 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6433 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6434 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6435
6436 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6437 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6438 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6439 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6440 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6441 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6442 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6443 list of files to make directory entries for.
6444 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6445 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6446 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6447
6448 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6449
6450 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6451 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6452
6453 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6454 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6455
6456 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6457 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6458
6459 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6460 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6461
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6465 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6466
6467 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6468
6469 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6470 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6471 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6472 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6473 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6474 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6475 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6476 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6477 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6478 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6479 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6480 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6481 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6482 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6483 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6484 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6485 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6486 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6487 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6488 to see why something went wrong.
6489 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6490 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6491 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6492 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6493 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6494 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6495 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6496 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6497 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6498 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6499 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6500 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6501 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6502
6503 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6504 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6505 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6506 again for the directory tree.
6507
6508 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6509 for more info):
6510
6511 `dired-listing-switches'
6512 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6513 `dired-marker-char'
6514 `dired-del-marker'
6515 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6516 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6517 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6518 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6519
6520 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6521
6522 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6523 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6524 `dired-mode-hook'
6525 `dired-load-hook'
6526
6527 Keybindings:
6528 \\{dired-mode-map}
6529
6530 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6531 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6532
6533 ;;;***
6534 \f
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6536 ;;;;;; (20648 29678 511980 0))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6538
6539 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6540 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6544
6545 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6546 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6547 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6548
6549 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6550 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6551 directory.
6552
6553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6554
6555 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6556 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6557 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6558 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6559 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6560 from `default-directory'.
6561
6562 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6563
6564 ;;;***
6565 \f
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20533
6567 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6569
6570 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6571 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6572 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6573 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6574 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6575 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6576
6577 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6578
6579 ;;;***
6580 \f
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6582 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6583 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6584 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6585 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6586 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6588
6589 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6590 Return a new, empty display table.
6591
6592 \(fn)" nil nil)
6593
6594 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6595 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6596 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6597 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6598 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6599
6600 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6601
6602 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6607
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6609
6610 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6611 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6612
6613 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6614
6615 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6616 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6617
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6619
6620 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6621 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6622
6623 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6624 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6625
6626 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6627 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6628 byte.
6629
6630 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6631 in the default way after this call.
6632
6633 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6634
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6637
6638 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6639
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6641 Display character C using printable string S.
6642
6643 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6644
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6646 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6647 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6648 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6649
6650 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6651
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6653 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6654 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6655 X frame.
6656
6657 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6658
6659 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6660 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6661
6662 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6663
6664 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6665 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6666
6667 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6668
6669 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6670 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6671
6672 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6673
6674 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6675 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6676
6677 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6678
6679 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6680 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6681
6682 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6683
6684 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6685 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6686
6687 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6688 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6689
6690 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6691 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6692
6693 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6694 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6695 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6696 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6697
6698 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6699 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6700 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6701 in `.emacs'.
6702
6703 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6704
6705 ;;;***
6706 \f
6707 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6708 ;;;;;; (20545 60086 510404 0))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6710
6711 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6712 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6713 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6714 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6715 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6716 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6717 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6718 Default is 2.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20533 50312
6725 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6727
6728 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6729 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6730 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6731 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6732 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6733 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6734 private or ask).
6735 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6736 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6737 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6738 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6739 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6740
6741 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6742
6743 ;;;***
6744 \f
6745 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6746 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6748
6749 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6750 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6751 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6752 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6753 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6754 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6755 table and its own syntax table.
6756
6757 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6758
6759 \(fn)" t nil)
6760 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6761
6762 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6763 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6764
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6766
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6770 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20584
6771 ;;;;;; 355 183605 0))
6772 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6773
6774 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6775 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6776 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6777 OpenDocument format).
6778
6779 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6780
6781 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6782 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6783
6784 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6785 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6786
6787 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6788 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6789 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6790
6791 \(fn)" t nil)
6792
6793 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6794 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6795 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6796 to the next best mode.
6797
6798 \(fn)" nil nil)
6799
6800 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6801 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6805
6806 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6807
6808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6809
6810 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6811
6812
6813 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6814
6815 ;;;***
6816 \f
6817 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20545 60086
6818 ;;;;;; 510404 0))
6819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6820
6821 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6822 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6823
6824 \(fn)" t nil)
6825
6826 ;;;***
6827 \f
6828 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20533 50312
6829 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
6830 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6831
6832 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6833 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6835 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6836 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6837
6838 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6839 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6840
6841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6842
6843 ;;;***
6844 \f
6845 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20545 60086
6846 ;;;;;; 510404 0))
6847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6848
6849 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6850 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6851
6852 \(fn)" t nil)
6853
6854 ;;;***
6855 \f
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6857 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6858 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20573 55237 806451 754000))
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6860
6861 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6862
6863 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6864 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6865 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6866 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6867 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6868
6869 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6870 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6871 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6872 and disables it otherwise.
6873
6874 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6875 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6876 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6877 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6878
6879 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6880 documenting what its argument does.
6881
6882 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6883 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6884 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6885 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6886 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6887 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6888 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6889 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6890
6891 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6892 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6893 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6894 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6895 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6896 mode is global):
6897
6898 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6899 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6900 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6901 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6902 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6903 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6904 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6905 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6906 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6907 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6908 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6909 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6910 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6911 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6912 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6913 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6914 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6915 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6916 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6917 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6918 the terms used in :variable).
6919 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6920 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6921
6922 For example, you could write
6923 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6924 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6925 ...BODY CODE...)
6926
6927 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6928
6929 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6930
6931 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6932
6933 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6934
6935 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6936 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6937 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6938 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6939 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6940 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6941 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6942 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6943 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6944 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6945 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6946 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6947
6948 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6949 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6950 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6951 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6952 call another major mode in their body.
6953
6954 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6955
6956 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6957
6958 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6959 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6960 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6961 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6962 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6963 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6964 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6965
6966 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6967
6968 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6969 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6970 :inherit Parent keymap.
6971 :group Ignored.
6972 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6973 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6974
6975 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6976
6977 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6978 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6979 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6980 the constant's documentation.
6981
6982 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6983
6984 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6986 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6987
6988 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6989
6990 ;;;***
6991 \f
6992 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6993 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20615
6994 ;;;;;; 25856 794590 959000))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6996
6997 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6998 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6999 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7000 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7001
7002 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7003 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7004 as a top-level menu bar item.
7005
7006 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7007 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7008 pairs:
7009
7010 :filter FUNCTION
7011 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7012 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7013 items to actually display.
7014
7015 :visible INCLUDE
7016 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7017 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7018 alias for `:visible'.
7019
7020 :active ENABLE
7021 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7022 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7023 an alias for `:active'.
7024
7025 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7026 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7027
7028 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7029
7030 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7031
7032 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7033 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7034
7035 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7036 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7037
7038 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7039
7040 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7041
7042 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7043 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7044
7045 :keys KEYS
7046 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7047 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7048 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7049 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7050
7051 :key-sequence KEYS
7052 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7053 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7054 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7055 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7056
7057 :active ENABLE
7058 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7059 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7060 alias for `:active'.
7061
7062 :visible INCLUDE
7063 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7064 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7065 `:visible'.
7066
7067 :label FORM
7068 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7069 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7070
7071 :suffix FORM
7072 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7073 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7074
7075 :style STYLE
7076 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7077 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7078 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7079
7080 :selected SELECTED
7081 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7082 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7083
7084 :help HELP
7085 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7086
7087 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7088 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7089 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7090
7091 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7092 MENU. This is a submenu.
7093
7094 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7095
7096 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7097
7098 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7099
7100
7101 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7104 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7105 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7106 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7107
7108 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7109
7110 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7111 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7112 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7113 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7114 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7115 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7116
7117 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7118 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7119 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7120
7121 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7122 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7123 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7124
7125 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7126 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7127
7128 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7129
7130 ;;;***
7131 \f
7132 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7133 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7134 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7135 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7136 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7137 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7138 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7139 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20566 46586 454636 778000))
7140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7141
7142 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7143 Customization for ebnf group.
7144
7145 \(fn)" t nil)
7146
7147 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7148 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7149
7150 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7151
7152 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7153 processed.
7154
7155 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7156
7157 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7158
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7161
7162 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7163 killed after process termination.
7164
7165 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7166
7167 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7168
7169 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7170 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7171
7172 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7173 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7174 it to the printer.
7175
7176 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7177 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7178 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7179 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7180
7181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7185 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7186
7187 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7188
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7191
7192 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7193
7194 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7195 processed.
7196
7197 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7198
7199 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7203
7204 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7205 killed after process termination.
7206
7207 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7208
7209 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7213 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7214 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7215
7216 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7217
7218 \(fn)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7222 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7223
7224 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7225
7226 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7227
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7230
7231 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7232
7233 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7234 processed.
7235
7236 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7237
7238 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7239
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7242
7243 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7244 killed after EPS generation.
7245
7246 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7247
7248 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7252
7253 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7254 The EPS file name has the following form:
7255
7256 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7257
7258 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7259 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7260
7261 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7262 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7263 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7264 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7265 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7266
7267 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7268 files.
7269
7270 \(fn)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7274
7275 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7276 The EPS file name has the following form:
7277
7278 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7279
7280 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7281 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7282
7283 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7284 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7285 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7286 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7287 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7288
7289 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7290 files.
7291
7292 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7293
7294 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7295
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7298
7299 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7300
7301 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7302 are processed.
7303
7304 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7305
7306 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7309 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7310
7311 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7312 killed after syntax checking.
7313
7314 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7315
7316 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7324 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7325
7326 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7329 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7330
7331 \(fn)" nil nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7335
7336 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7337
7338 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7341 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7342
7343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7344
7345 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Delete style NAME.
7349
7350 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7351
7352 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7356
7357 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7358
7359 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Set STYLE as the current style.
7363
7364 Returns the old style symbol.
7365
7366 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7367
7368 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Reset current style.
7372
7373 Returns the old style symbol.
7374
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7376
7377 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7381
7382 Returns the old style symbol.
7383
7384 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7385
7386 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7387
7388 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7391 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7392
7393 Returns the old style symbol.
7394
7395 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7396
7397 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7398
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7400
7401 ;;;***
7402 \f
7403 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7408 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7409 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7410 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7411 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7412 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7413 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20562
7414 ;;;;;; 52650 563777 0))
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7418 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7419 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7420 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7421 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7422 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7423
7424 Tree mode key bindings:
7425 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7426
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7430 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7431
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7435 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7436
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7440 View declaration of member at point.
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7445 Find declaration of member at point.
7446
7447 \(fn)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7450 View definition of member at point.
7451
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7455 Find definition of member at point.
7456
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7460 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7461
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7465 View definition of member at point in other window.
7466
7467 \(fn)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7471
7472 \(fn)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7475 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7476
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7480 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7481
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7485 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7486
7487 \(fn)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7490 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7491 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7492 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7493 completion.
7494
7495 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7496
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7498 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7499 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7500 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7501
7502 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7505 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7506 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7507 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7508
7509 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7512 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7513 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7514
7515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7516
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7518 Search for call sites of a member.
7519 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7520 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7521 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7522 looks like a function call to the member.
7523
7524 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7527 Move backward in the position stack.
7528 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7529
7530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7533 Move forward in the position stack.
7534 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7535
7536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7537
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7539 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7540
7541 \(fn)" t nil)
7542
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7544 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7545
7546 \(fn)" t nil)
7547
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7549 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7550 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7551 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7552
7553 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7554
7555 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7556 Display statistics for a class tree.
7557
7558 \(fn)" t nil)
7559
7560 ;;;***
7561 \f
7562 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7563 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7565
7566 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7567 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7568 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7569 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7570 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7571 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7572 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7573
7574 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7575
7576 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7577 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7578 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7579 also has this effect.
7580 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7581 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7582 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7587 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7588 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7589 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7590
7591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7592
7593 ;;;***
7594 \f
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7596 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7598
7599 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7600 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7601 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7602
7603 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7604
7605 ;;;***
7606 \f
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7608 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7610
7611 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7612
7613
7614 \(fn)" nil nil)
7615
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20590 37036
7619 ;;;;;; 437844 0))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7621
7622 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7623 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7624 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7627 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7628
7629 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7630
7631 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7632 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7634 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7635 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7636
7637 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7638 an EDE controlled project.
7639
7640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7641
7642 ;;;***
7643 \f
7644 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7645 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7646 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20652 52617 313760 0))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7648
7649 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7650 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7651 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7652 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7653 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7654
7655 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7656 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7657 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7658 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7659
7660 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7661
7662 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7663 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7664 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7665 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7666
7667 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7668
7669 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7670 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7671 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7672 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7673
7674 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7675
7676 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7677
7678 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7679 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7680 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7681 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7682 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7683
7684 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7685 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7686 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7687 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7688 instrumented for Edebug.
7689
7690 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7691 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7692 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7693 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7694 already is one.)
7695
7696 \(fn)" t nil)
7697
7698 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7699 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7700
7701 \(fn)" t nil)
7702
7703 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7704 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7705
7706 \(fn)" t nil)
7707
7708 ;;;***
7709 \f
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7711 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7712 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7713 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7714 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7715 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7716 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7717 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7718 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7719 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20533 50312
7720 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
7721 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7722
7723 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7725
7726 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7730
7731 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7732
7733 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7734
7735 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7736
7737 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7738 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7739 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7740 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7741
7742 \(fn)" t nil)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7746 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7747 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7748
7749 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7755
7756 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7757
7758 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7760
7761 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7762
7763 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7767 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7768 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7769
7770 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7776 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7777 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7778
7779 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7785 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7786 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7787
7788 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7794 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7795 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7796
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7798
7799 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7803 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7804 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7805 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7806 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7807
7808 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7812 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7813 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7814
7815 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7816
7817 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7818
7819 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7821 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7822 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7823
7824 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7825
7826 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7827
7828 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7829
7830 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7831 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7832 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7833 follows:
7834 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7835 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7836
7837 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7838
7839 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7840 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7841 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7842 follows:
7843 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7844 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7845
7846 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7849 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7850 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7851 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7852 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7853
7854 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7857 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7858 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7859 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7860 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7861 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7862
7863 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7864
7865 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7866
7867 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7868 Merge two files without ancestor.
7869
7870 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7871
7872 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7873 Merge two files with ancestor.
7874
7875 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7876
7877 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7880 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7881
7882 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7885 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7886
7887 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7890 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7891 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7892 buffer.
7893
7894 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7895
7896 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7897 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7898 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7899 buffer.
7900
7901 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7902
7903 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7904 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7905 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7906 and don't ask the user.
7907 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7908 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7909
7910 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7911
7912 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7913 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7914 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7915 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7916 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7917 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7918 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7919 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7920
7921 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7922
7923 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7924
7925 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7926
7927 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7928 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7929 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7930 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7931 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7932
7933 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7934
7935 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7936
7937 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7938 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7939 When called interactively, displays the version.
7940
7941 \(fn)" t nil)
7942
7943 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7944 Display Ediff's manual.
7945 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7946
7947 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7948
7949 ;;;***
7950 \f
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7952 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7954
7955 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7956
7957
7958 \(fn)" t nil)
7959
7960 ;;;***
7961 \f
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7963 ;;;;;; (20615 22847 537904 0))
7964 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7965
7966 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7967 Display Ediff's registry.
7968
7969 \(fn)" t nil)
7970
7971 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7972
7973 ;;;***
7974 \f
7975 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7976 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20584 355 183605 0))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7978
7979 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7980 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7981 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7982 which see.
7983
7984 \(fn)" t nil)
7985
7986 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7987 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7988 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7989 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7990
7991 \(fn)" t nil)
7992
7993 ;;;***
7994 \f
7995 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7996 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7997 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
7998 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7999
8000 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8001 Edit a keyboard macro.
8002 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8003 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8004 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8005 its command name.
8006 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8007
8008 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8009
8010 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8011 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8012
8013 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8014
8015 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8016 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8017
8018 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8021 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8022 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8023 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8024 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8025 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8026
8027 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8028 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8029 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8030 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8031
8032 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8033
8034 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8035 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8036 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8037 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8038 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8039 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8040
8041 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8042
8043 ;;;***
8044 \f
8045 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8046 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20566 46383 798627 826000))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8048
8049 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8050 Set scroll margins.
8051 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8052 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8053
8054 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8057 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8058
8059 \(fn)" t nil)
8060
8061 ;;;***
8062 \f
8063 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8064 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
8065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8066
8067 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8068 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8069 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8070 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8071 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8072 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8073 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8074
8075 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8076 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8077
8078 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8079 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8080 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8081 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8082
8083 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8084 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8085 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8086
8087 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8088 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8089 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8090
8091 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8092
8093 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8094
8095
8096 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8097
8098 ;;;***
8099 \f
8100 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8101 ;;;;;; (20585 42108 911494 670000))
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8103
8104 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8105 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8106 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8107
8108 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8109
8110 ;;;***
8111 \f
8112 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8113 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8114 ;;;;;; (20619 27099 673959 0))
8115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8116
8117 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8118 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8119 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8120 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8121
8122 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8123 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8124
8125 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8126 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8127 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8128 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8129
8130 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8133 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8134 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8135
8136 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8137 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8138
8139 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8140 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8141 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8142
8143 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8144
8145 ;;;***
8146 \f
8147 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8148 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8150
8151 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8152 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8153
8154 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8155
8156 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8157 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8159 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8160 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8161
8162 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8163 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8164 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8165 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8166 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8167 expression point is on.
8168
8169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8170
8171 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8172 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8173
8174 \(fn)" t nil)
8175
8176 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8177 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8178 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8179 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8180 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8181 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8182 arg list.
8183
8184 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8185 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8186 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8187 effect.
8188
8189 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8190 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8191
8192 ;;;***
8193 \f
8194 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8195 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20613 39767 44650 0))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8197
8198 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8199 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8200
8201 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8202 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8203 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8206 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8207
8208 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8209
8210 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8211 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8213 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8215
8216 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8217 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8218 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8219
8220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8221
8222 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8223 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8224 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8227 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8228
8229 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8230
8231 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8232 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8235 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8236
8237 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8238 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8239 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8240
8241 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8242
8243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8244
8245 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8246 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8247 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8250 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8251
8252 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8253
8254 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8255 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8259 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8260
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8262
8263 ;;;***
8264 \f
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20533
8266 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8268
8269 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8270 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8271
8272 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8273 an elided material again.
8274
8275 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8276
8277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8278
8279 ;;;***
8280 \f
8281 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8282 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8283 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8285
8286 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8287 Lint the file FILE.
8288
8289 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8292 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8293 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8294
8295 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8298 Lint the current buffer.
8299 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8300
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8304 Lint the function at point.
8305 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8306
8307 \(fn)" t nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8310 Initialize elint.
8311 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8312 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8313
8314 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8315
8316 ;;;***
8317 \f
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8319 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20647
8320 ;;;;;; 7982 429263 0))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8322
8323 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8324 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8325 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8326
8327 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8330 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8331 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8332 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8333
8334 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8337 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8338 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8339
8340 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8341
8342 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8345 Display current profiling results.
8346 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8347 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8348 displayed.
8349
8350 \(fn)" t nil)
8351
8352 ;;;***
8353 \f
8354 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8355 ;;;;;; (20574 60091 377598 17000))
8356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8357
8358 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8359 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8360 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8361 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8362 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8363 ARG is omitted or nil.
8364
8365 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8366 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8367 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8368 used instead.
8369
8370 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8371
8372 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8373 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8374 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8375
8376 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8377
8378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8379
8380 ;;;***
8381 \f
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8383 ;;;;;; (20647 7982 429263 0))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8385
8386 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8387 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8388 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8389
8390 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8391
8392 ;;;***
8393 \f
8394 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8395 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8396 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8397 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8398 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20576 20472 112114 850000))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8400
8401 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8402 Run Emerge on two files.
8403
8404 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8405
8406 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8407 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8408
8409 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8410
8411 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8412 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8413
8414 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8415
8416 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8417 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8418
8419 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8420
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8422
8423
8424 \(fn)" nil nil)
8425
8426 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8427
8428
8429 \(fn)" nil nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8432
8433
8434 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8437
8438
8439 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8440
8441 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8442 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8443
8444 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8447 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8448
8449 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8452
8453
8454 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8455
8456 ;;;***
8457 \f
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8459 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8461
8462 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8463 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8464 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8465 text/enriched format.
8466
8467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8468 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8469 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8470
8471 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8472
8473 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8474 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8475
8476 Commands:
8477
8478 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8479
8480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8483
8484
8485 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8488
8489
8490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8491
8492 ;;;***
8493 \f
8494 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8495 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8496 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8497 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8498 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8499 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20577
8500 ;;;;;; 6050 709767 255000))
8501 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8502
8503 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8504 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8505
8506 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8509 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8510
8511 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8514 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8515 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8516 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8517 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8518 the keys are listed.
8519 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8520
8521 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8524 Decrypt FILE.
8525
8526 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8527
8528 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8529 Verify FILE.
8530
8531 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8532
8533 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8534 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8535
8536 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8537
8538 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8539 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8540
8541 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8542
8543 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8544 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8545
8546 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8547 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8548 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8549 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8550
8551 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8552 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8553 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8554 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8555 should consider using the string based counterpart
8556 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8557 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8558
8559 For example:
8560
8561 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8562 (decode-coding-string
8563 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8564 'utf-8))
8565
8566 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8569 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8570
8571 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8572 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8573
8574 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8577 Verify the current region between START and END.
8578
8579 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8580 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8581 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8582 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8583 should consider using the string based counterpart
8584 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8585 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8586
8587 For example:
8588
8589 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8590 (decode-coding-string
8591 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8592 'utf-8))
8593
8594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8595
8596 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8597 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8598 between START and END.
8599
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8602
8603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8606 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8607
8608 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8609 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8610 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8611 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8612 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8613 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8614
8615 For example:
8616
8617 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8618 (epg-sign-string
8619 context
8620 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8621
8622 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8625 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8626
8627 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8628 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8629 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8630 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8631 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8632 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8633
8634 For example:
8635
8636 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8637 (epg-encrypt-string
8638 context
8639 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8640 nil))
8641
8642 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8645 Delete selected KEYS.
8646
8647 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8648
8649 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8650 Import keys from FILE.
8651
8652 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8655 Import keys from the region.
8656
8657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8658
8659 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8660 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8661 between START and END.
8662
8663 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8664
8665 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8666 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8667
8668 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8671 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8672
8673 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8674
8675 ;;;***
8676 \f
8677 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8678 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20533 50312
8679 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8681
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Decrypt marked files.
8684
8685 \(fn)" t nil)
8686
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8688 Verify marked files.
8689
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8693 Sign marked files.
8694
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Encrypt marked files.
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8705 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8707
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8709
8710
8711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8712
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8714
8715
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8719
8720
8721 \(fn)" t nil)
8722
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8726 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8727 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20567 14136 702359 0))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8729
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8731 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8733 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8734 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8735
8736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8737
8738 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8739 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8740 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8741
8742 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8743
8744 \(fn)" t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8747 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8748 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8749
8750 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8751
8752 \(fn)" t nil)
8753
8754 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8755 Sign the current buffer.
8756 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8757
8758 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8759
8760 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8763 Encrypt the current buffer.
8764 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8765
8766 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8767
8768 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8769
8770 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8771 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8772 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8773
8774 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8775
8776 \(fn)" t nil)
8777
8778 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8779 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8780 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8782 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8783 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8784
8785 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8786
8787 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8788 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8790 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8791 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8792
8793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20577 6315 457768
8798 ;;;;;; 40000))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8800
8801 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8802 Return a context object.
8803
8804 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8805
8806 ;;;***
8807 \f
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8809 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8811
8812 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8813 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8814
8815 \(fn)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8818 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8819
8820 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8821
8822 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8823 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8824
8825 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8826
8827 ;;;***
8828 \f
8829 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8830 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20666 889 186471 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8832
8833 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8834 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8835
8836 \(fn)" nil nil)
8837
8838 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8839 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8840 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8841
8842 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8843
8844 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8845 (server (erc-compute-server))
8846 (port (erc-compute-port))
8847 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8848 password
8849 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8850
8851 That is, if called with
8852
8853 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8854
8855 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8856 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8857 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8858
8859 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8860
8861 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8862
8863 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8864 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8865 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8866
8867 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8868
8869 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8870 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8871 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8872 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8873
8874 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8875
8876 ;;;***
8877 \f
8878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20592
8879 ;;;;;; 4085 721682 0))
8880 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8881 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8882
8883 ;;;***
8884 \f
8885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20594 14884
8886 ;;;;;; 858174 0))
8887 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8888 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8889
8890 ;;;***
8891 \f
8892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20650 61396
8893 ;;;;;; 673885 0))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8895 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20592 4085
8900 ;;;;;; 721682 0))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8903
8904 ;;;***
8905 \f
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8907 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20650 61396 673885 0))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8910
8911 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8912 Parser for /dcc command.
8913 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8914 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8915 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8916
8917 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8918
8919 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8920 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8921
8922 \(fn)" nil nil)
8923
8924 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8925 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8926
8927 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8928 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8929 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8930 that subcommand.
8931
8932 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8937 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8939 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8944 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8945 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8946 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8947 ;;;;;; (20650 61396 673885 0))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8949
8950 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8952
8953 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8957 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8958 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8959
8960 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8961
8962 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8963
8964
8965 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8966
8967 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8968 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8969
8970 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8973 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8974
8975 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8976
8977 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8979
8980 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8981
8982 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8984
8985 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8986
8987 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8988 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8989
8990 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8991
8992 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8993 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8994
8995 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8996
8997 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8998 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8999
9000 \(fn)" nil nil)
9001
9002 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9003 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9004
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9006
9007 ;;;***
9008 \f
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20592
9010 ;;;;;; 4085 721682 0))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9012 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9013
9014 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9015 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9016 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9017
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9023 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20592 4085 721682 0))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9026
9027 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9028 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9029 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9030 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9031 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9032 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9033 system.
9034
9035 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9036
9037 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9038
9039
9040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9041
9042 ;;;***
9043 \f
9044 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9045 ;;;;;; (20592 4085 721682 0))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9047
9048 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9049
9050
9051 \(fn)" nil nil)
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20650 61396 673885
9056 ;;;;;; 0))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20592 4085 721682
9063 ;;;;;; 0))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9070 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20650 61396 673885 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9073
9074 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9075 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9076 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9077 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9078 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9079 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9080
9081 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9082
9083 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9084 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9085 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9086 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9087
9088 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9089 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9090 automatically.
9091
9092 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9093 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9094
9095 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9096
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9100 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9101 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9102 ;;;;;; (20650 61396 673885 0))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9104 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9105
9106 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9107 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9108
9109 \(fn)" t nil)
9110
9111 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9112 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9113
9114 \(fn)" t nil)
9115
9116 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9117 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9118
9119 \(fn)" t nil)
9120
9121 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9122 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9123
9124 \(fn)" t nil)
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9127 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9128
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9130
9131 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9132 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9133
9134 \(fn)" t nil)
9135
9136 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9137 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9138
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9140
9141 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9142 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9143
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9145
9146 ;;;***
9147 \f
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20592 4085 721682
9149 ;;;;;; 0))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9156 ;;;;;; (20650 61396 673885 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9159
9160 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9161 Show who's gone.
9162
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9164
9165 ;;;***
9166 \f
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9168 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20650 61396 673885 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9170
9171 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9172 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9173 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9174 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9175
9176 \(fn)" nil nil)
9177
9178 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9179 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9180
9181 \(fn)" t nil)
9182
9183 ;;;***
9184 \f
9185 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9186 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20650 61396 673885 0))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9188 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9189
9190 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9191 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9192 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9193 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9194
9195 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9198
9199
9200 \(fn)" nil nil)
9201
9202 ;;;***
9203 \f
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20592 4085 721682
9205 ;;;;;; 0))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9207 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9208
9209 ;;;***
9210 \f
9211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20650
9212 ;;;;;; 61396 673885 0))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9215
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20592 4085
9219 ;;;;;; 721682 0))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9222
9223 ;;;***
9224 \f
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20592 4085 721682
9226 ;;;;;; 0))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9229
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9233 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20650 61396 673885
9234 ;;;;;; 0))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9237
9238 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9239 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9240
9241 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9242
9243 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9244 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9245 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9246
9247 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20592 4085
9252 ;;;;;; 721682 0))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9259 ;;;;;; (20650 61396 673885 0))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9261
9262 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9263 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9264 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9265
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20592
9271 ;;;;;; 4085 721682 0))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9274
9275 ;;;***
9276 \f
9277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20594 14884
9278 ;;;;;; 858174 0))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9280 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9281
9282 ;;;***
9283 \f
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9285 ;;;;;; (20650 61396 673885 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9287
9288 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9289 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9290 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9291
9292 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9293
9294 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9295 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9299
9300 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9301 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9302 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9303 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9304
9305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9306 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9307
9308 ;;;***
9309 \f
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9311 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20592 4085 721682 0))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9313 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9314
9315 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9316 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9317 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9318 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9319
9320 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9321
9322 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9323 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9324 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9325
9326 \(fn)" t nil)
9327
9328 ;;;***
9329 \f
9330 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9331 ;;;;;; (20592 4085 721682 0))
9332 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9333 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9334
9335 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9336 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9337
9338 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9343 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9344 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20655 4702 996292 0))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9346
9347 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9348 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9349
9350 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9351 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9352
9353 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9354 assertions in BODY.
9355
9356 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9357
9358 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9359 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9360 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9361
9362 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9363
9364 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9365
9366 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9367
9368 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9369 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9370
9371 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9372 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9373 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9374 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9375
9376 Returns the stats object.
9377
9378 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9379
9380 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9381 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9382
9383 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9384 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9385 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9386 the tests).
9387
9388 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9389
9390 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9391 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9392
9393 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9394 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9395 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9396 and how to display message.
9397
9398 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9399
9400 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9401
9402 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9403 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9404
9405 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9406
9407 ;;;***
9408 \f
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9410 ;;;;;; (20655 4702 996292 0))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9412
9413 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9414
9415 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9416 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9417
9418 \(fn)" t nil)
9419
9420 ;;;***
9421 \f
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20594
9423 ;;;;;; 14884 858174 0))
9424 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9425
9426 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9427 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9428
9429 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9430
9431 \(fn)" nil nil)
9432
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9436 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20576 16566 11955 847000))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9438
9439 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9440 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9441 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9442 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9443 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9444 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9445 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9446 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9447 buffer selected (or created).
9448
9449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9450
9451 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9452 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9453 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9454
9455 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9456
9457 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9458 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9459 The result might be any Lisp object.
9460 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9461 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9462 corresponding to a successful execution.
9463
9464 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9465
9466 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9467
9468 ;;;***
9469 \f
9470 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9471 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9472 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9473 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9474 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9475 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9476 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9477 ;;;;;; (20664 5610 38100 0))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9479
9480 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9481 File name of tags table.
9482 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9483 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9484 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9485 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9486 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9487
9488 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9489 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9490 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9491 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9492
9493 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9494
9495 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9496 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9497 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9498 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9499 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9500 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9501
9502 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9503
9504 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9505 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9506 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9507 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9508 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9509 `auto-compression-mode').")
9510
9511 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9512
9513 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9514 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9515 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9516 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9517 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9518
9519 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9520
9521 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9522 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9523 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9524 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9525
9526 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9527
9528 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9529 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9530 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9531 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9532 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9533
9534 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9535
9536 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9537 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9538
9539 \(fn)" t nil)
9540
9541 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9542 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9543 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9544 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9545
9546 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9547 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9548 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9549 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9550 file the tag was in.
9551
9552 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9553
9554 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9555 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9556 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9557 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9558 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9559 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9560 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9561 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9562 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9563
9564 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9565
9566 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9567 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9568 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9569 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9570 without directory names.
9571
9572 \(fn)" nil nil)
9573 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9574 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9575 (progn
9576 (load "etags")
9577 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9578
9579 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9580 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9581 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9582 but does not select the buffer.
9583 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9584
9585 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9586 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9587 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9588 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9589 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9590
9591 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9592
9593 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9594 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9595 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9596
9597 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9598
9599 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9600
9601 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9602 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9603 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9604 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9605
9606 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9607 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9608 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9609 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9610 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9611
9612 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9613
9614 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9615 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9616 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9617
9618 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9619
9620 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9621 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9622
9623 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9624 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9625 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9626 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9627 around or before point.
9628
9629 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9630 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9631 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9632 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9633 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9634
9635 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9636
9637 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9638 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9639 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9640
9641 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9642
9643 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9644 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9645
9646 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9647 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9648 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9649 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9650 around or before point.
9651
9652 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9653 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9654 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9655 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9656 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657
9658 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659
9660 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9661 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9662 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663
9664 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665
9666 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9667 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9668
9669 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9670 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9671 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9672
9673 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9674 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9675 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9676 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9677 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9678
9679 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9680
9681 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9682 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9683 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9684
9685 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9686
9687 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9688 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9689 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9690
9691 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9692 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9693
9694 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9695 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9696 where they were found.
9697
9698 \(fn)" t nil)
9699
9700 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9701 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9702
9703 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9704 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9705 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9706
9707 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9708 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9709
9710 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9711 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9712
9713 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9714
9715 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9716 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9717 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9718 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9719
9720 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9721 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9722 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9723 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9724 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9725
9726 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9727 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9728
9729 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9730 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9731 Stops when a match is found.
9732 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9733
9734 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9735 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9736 restricted to these files.
9737
9738 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9739
9740 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9741
9742 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9743 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9744 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9745 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9746 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9747 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9748 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9749 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9750
9751 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9752 produce the list of files to search.
9753
9754 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9755
9756 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9757
9758 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9759 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9760 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9761 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9762 directory specification.
9763
9764 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9767 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9768
9769 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9770
9771 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9772 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9773 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9774 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9775
9776 \(fn)" t nil)
9777
9778 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9779 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9780 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9781 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9782 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9783
9784 \(fn)" t nil)
9785
9786 ;;;***
9787 \f
9788 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9789 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9790 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9791 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9792 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9793 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9794 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9795 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
9796 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9797
9798 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9799
9800
9801 \(fn)" nil nil)
9802
9803 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9804 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9805
9806 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9807 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9808
9809 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9810 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9811 primary language.
9812
9813 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9814 even if the buffer is read-only.
9815
9816 See also the descriptions of the variables
9817 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9818
9819 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9822 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9823
9824 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9825 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9826
9827 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9828 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9829 primary language.
9830
9831 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9832 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9833
9834 See also the descriptions of the variables
9835 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9836
9837 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9840 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9841 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9842 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9843
9844 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9845
9846 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9847 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9848 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9849 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9850
9851 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9852 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9853 primary language.
9854
9855 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9856 buffer is read-only.
9857
9858 See also the descriptions of the variables
9859 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9860 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9861
9862 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9865 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9866
9867 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9868 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9869
9870 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9871 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9872 the primary language.
9873
9874 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9875 buffer is read-only.
9876
9877 See also the descriptions of the variables
9878 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9879 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9880
9881 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9884 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9885 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9886
9887 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9888
9889 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9890 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9891
9892 \(fn)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9895 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9896
9897 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9898 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9899 be 1, 2, or 3.
9900
9901 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9902 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9903 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9904
9905 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9906
9907 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9908
9909 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9910 This function is deprecated.
9911
9912 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9913
9914 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9915 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9916
9917 \(fn)" t nil)
9918
9919 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9920 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9921
9922 \(fn)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9925 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9926
9927 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9928 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9929
9930 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9931 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9932
9933 \(fn)" nil nil)
9934
9935 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9936 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9937
9938 \(fn)" nil nil)
9939
9940 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9941 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9942
9943 \(fn)" nil nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9946 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9947
9948 \(fn)" nil nil)
9949
9950 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9951 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9952 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9953
9954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9957
9958
9959 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9960
9961 ;;;***
9962 \f
9963 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9964 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9965 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9967
9968 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9969 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9970 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9971 server for future sessions.
9972
9973 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9974
9975 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9976 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9977 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9978
9979 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9982 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9983 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9984
9985 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9988 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9989 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9990 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9991 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9992 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9993 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9994 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9995 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9996 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9997 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9998 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9999
10000 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10001
10002 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10003 Display a form to query the directory server.
10004 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10005 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10006
10007 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10008
10009 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10010 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10011 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10012
10013 \(fn)" t nil)
10014
10015 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10016
10017 ;;;***
10018 \f
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10020 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10021 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
10022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10023
10024 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10025 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10026
10027 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10028
10029 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10030 Display URL and make it clickable.
10031
10032 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10033
10034 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10036
10037 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10038
10039 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10040 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10041
10042 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10043
10044 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10045 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10046
10047 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10048
10049 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10050 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10051
10052 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10053
10054 ;;;***
10055 \f
10056 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10057 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10059
10060 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10061 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10062 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10063
10064 \(fn)" t nil)
10065
10066 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10067 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10068
10069 \(fn)" t nil)
10070
10071 ;;;***
10072 \f
10073 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10074 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10076
10077 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10078 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10079
10080 \(fn)" t nil)
10081
10082 ;;;***
10083 \f
10084 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20533
10085 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
10086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10087
10088 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10089 Create an empty ewoc.
10090
10091 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10092
10093 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10094 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10095 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10096 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10097 `insert-before-markers'.
10098
10099 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10100 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10101 respectively, of the ewoc.
10102
10103 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10104 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10105 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10106
10107 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10108
10109 ;;;***
10110 \f
10111 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10112 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10113 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10114 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10116
10117 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10118 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10119 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10120
10121 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10122
10123 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10124 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10125 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10126 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10127 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10128
10129 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10130
10131 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10132 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10133 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10134 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10135 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10136 executable.
10137
10138 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10139
10140 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10141 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10142 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10143
10144 \(fn)" t nil)
10145
10146 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10147 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10148 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10149 file modes.
10150
10151 \(fn)" nil nil)
10152
10153 ;;;***
10154 \f
10155 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10156 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10157 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
10158 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10159
10160 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10161 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10162 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10163 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10164
10165 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10166
10167 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10168 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10169 to generate such functions.
10170
10171 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10172 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10173 beginning of the expanded text.
10174
10175 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10176 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10177 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10178 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10179
10180 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10181
10182 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10183
10184 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10185 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10186 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10187
10188 \(fn)" nil nil)
10189
10190 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10191 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10192 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10193
10194 \(fn)" t nil)
10195
10196 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10197 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10198 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10199
10200 \(fn)" t nil)
10201 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10202 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10203
10204 ;;;***
10205 \f
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20566 46184
10207 ;;;;;; 706620 234000))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10209
10210 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10211 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10212 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10213
10214 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10215 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10216 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10217
10218 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10219
10220 Key definitions:
10221 \\{f90-mode-map}
10222
10223 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10224
10225 `f90-do-indent'
10226 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10227 `f90-if-indent'
10228 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10229 `f90-type-indent'
10230 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10231 `f90-program-indent'
10232 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10233 (default 2).
10234 `f90-associate-indent'
10235 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10236 `f90-critical-indent'
10237 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10238 `f90-continuation-indent'
10239 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10240 `f90-comment-region'
10241 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10242 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10243 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10244 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10245 (default \"!\").
10246 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10247 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10248 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10249 `f90-break-delimiters'
10250 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10251 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10252 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10253 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10254 (default t).
10255 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10256 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10257 `f90-smart-end'
10258 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10259 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10260 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10261 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10262 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10263 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10264 `f90-leave-line-no'
10265 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10266
10267 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10268 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10269
10270 \(fn)" t nil)
10271
10272 ;;;***
10273 \f
10274 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10275 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10276 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10277 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20622
10278 ;;;;;; 21008 480608 570000))
10279 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10280
10281 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10282 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10283 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10284 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10285
10286 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10287 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10288 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10289 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10290 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10291
10292 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10293 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10294 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10295 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10296 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10297 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10298 attributes.
10299
10300 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10301 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10302
10303 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10304
10305 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10306 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10307 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10308 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10309
10310 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10311
10312 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10313 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10314 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10315 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10316
10317 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10318 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10319 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10320
10321 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10322 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10323 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10324 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10325
10326 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10327
10328 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10329 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10330 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10331
10332 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10333 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10334 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10335 the same amount).
10336
10337 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10338
10339 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10340 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10341 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10342
10343 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10344 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10345 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10346 will remove any scaling currently active.
10347
10348 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10351 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10352 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10353
10354 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10355 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10357 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10358 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10359
10360 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10361 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10362
10363 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10364
10365 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10366 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10367
10368 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10369 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10370 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10371
10372 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10373 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10374 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10375
10376 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10377
10378 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10379 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10380 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10381 will remove any scaling currently active.
10382
10383 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10384 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10385 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10386 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10387 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10388
10389 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10390
10391 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10392 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10393 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10394 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10395 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10396 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10397
10398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10399
10400 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10401 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10402 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10403 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10404 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10405 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10406 `buffer-face-mode'.
10407
10408 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10409 local, and sets it to FACE.
10410
10411 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10414 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10415 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10416 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10417 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10418 `face' text property.
10419
10420 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10421 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10422 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10423 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10424
10425 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10426 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10427
10428 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10431 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10432 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10433 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10434
10435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10436
10437 ;;;***
10438 \f
10439 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10440 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10441 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20566 46719
10442 ;;;;;; 378637 198000))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10444
10445 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10446 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10447 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10448 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10449
10450 \(fn)" nil nil)
10451
10452 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10453 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10454
10455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10456
10457 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10458 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10459 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10460 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10461
10462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10465 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10466 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10467 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10468 backup file names and the like).
10469
10470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10471
10472 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10473 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10474 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10475 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10476 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10477 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10478 internally by feedmail):
10479
10480 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10481 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10482 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10483 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10484
10485 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10486 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10487 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10488 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10489 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10490
10491 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10492
10493 ;;;***
10494 \f
10495 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10496 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10497 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20595 33984 147078 0))
10498 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10499
10500 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10501 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10502 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10503 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10504 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10505 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10506 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10507
10508 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10511 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10512 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10513 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10514 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10515 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10516 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10517
10518 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10519
10520 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10521
10522 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10523 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10524 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10525 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10526 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10527 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10528
10529 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10530
10531 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10532 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10533 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10534 Return value:
10535 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10536 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10537 * otherwise, nil
10538
10539 \(fn E)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10542 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10543 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10544
10545 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10546
10547 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10548 Try to get a file name at point.
10549 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10550
10551 \(fn)" nil nil)
10552
10553 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10554 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10555
10556 \(fn)" t nil)
10557
10558 ;;;***
10559 \f
10560 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10561 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10562 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10563 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20648 29733 701119 761000))
10564 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10565
10566 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10567 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10568 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10569 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10570
10571 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10572
10573 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10574 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10575 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10576 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10577 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10578 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10579
10580 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10581
10582 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10583 Add FILE to the file cache.
10584
10585 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10588 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10589 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10590
10591 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10592
10593 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10594 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10595 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10596
10597 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10600 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10601 This function does not use any external programs.
10602 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10603 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10604 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10605
10606 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10607
10608 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10609 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10610 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10611 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10612 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10613 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10614 \(directories) is done.
10615
10616 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10617
10618 ;;;***
10619 \f
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10621 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10622 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10623 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10624 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20533 50312
10625 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10627
10628 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10629 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10630
10631 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10632 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10633 Local Variables list.
10634
10635 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10636 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10637 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10638
10639 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10640
10641 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10642 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10643
10644 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10645
10646 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10647 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10648
10649 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10650 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10651 the -*- line.
10652
10653 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10654 then this function adds it.
10655
10656 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10657
10658 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10659 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10660
10661 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10662
10663 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10664 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10665
10666 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10667
10668 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10669 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10670
10671 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10672
10673 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10674 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10675
10676 \(fn)" t nil)
10677
10678 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10679 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10680
10681 \(fn)" t nil)
10682
10683 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10684 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10685
10686 \(fn)" t nil)
10687
10688 ;;;***
10689 \f
10690 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20615
10691 ;;;;;; 22847 537904 0))
10692 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10693
10694 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10695 Filesets initialization.
10696 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10697
10698 \(fn)" nil nil)
10699
10700 ;;;***
10701 \f
10702 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20655 12114
10703 ;;;;;; 463008 671000))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10705
10706 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10707 Initiate the building of a find command.
10708 For example:
10709
10710 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10711 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10712 (mtime \"+1\"))
10713 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10714
10715 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10716 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10717
10718 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10723 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10725
10726 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10727 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10728 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10729
10730 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10731
10732 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10733 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10734
10735 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10736
10737 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10738 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10739 and run dired on those files.
10740 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10741 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10742
10743 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10744
10745 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10746
10747 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10748 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10749 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10750
10751 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10752 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10753
10754 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10755 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10756
10757 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10758
10759 ;;;***
10760 \f
10761 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10762 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10763 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
10764 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10765
10766 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10767 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10768 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10769 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10770 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10771 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10772 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10773
10774 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10775
10776 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10777 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10778 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10779
10780 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10781
10782 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10783
10784 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10785
10786 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10787 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10788 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10789
10790 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10791 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10792
10793 Variables of interest include:
10794
10795 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10796 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10797 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10798
10799 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10800 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10801 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10802
10803 - `ff-ignore-include'
10804 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10805
10806 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10807 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10808
10809 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10810 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10811
10812 - `ff-special-constructs'
10813 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10814 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10815 extracting the filename from that construct.
10816
10817 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10818 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10819
10820 - `ff-search-directories'
10821 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10822 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10823
10824 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10825 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10826
10827 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10828 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10829
10830 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10831 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10832
10833 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10834 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10835
10836 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10837 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10838
10839 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10842 Visit the file you click on.
10843
10844 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10845
10846 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10847 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10848
10849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10850
10851 ;;;***
10852 \f
10853 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10854 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10855 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10856 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10857 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10858 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10859 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10861
10862 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10863 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10864 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10865
10866 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10867
10868 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10869 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10870 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10871 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10872
10873 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10874 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10875 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10876 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10877
10878 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10881 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10882
10883 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10884 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10885 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10886 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10887
10888 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10889 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10890 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10891
10892 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10893 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10894 in `load-path'.
10895
10896 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10897
10898 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10899 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10900
10901 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10902 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10903 places point before the definition.
10904 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10905
10906 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10907 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10908 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10909
10910 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10913 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10914
10915 See `find-function' for more details.
10916
10917 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10918
10919 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10920 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10921
10922 See `find-function' for more details.
10923
10924 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10927 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10928
10929 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10930 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10931 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10932
10933 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10934 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10935
10936 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10937
10938 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10939 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10940
10941 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10942 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10943 places point before the definition.
10944
10945 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10946
10947 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10948 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10949 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10950
10951 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10952
10953 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10954 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10955
10956 See `find-variable' for more details.
10957
10958 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10959
10960 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10961 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10962
10963 See `find-variable' for more details.
10964
10965 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10966
10967 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10968 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10969 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10970 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10971 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10972 buffer nor display it.
10973
10974 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10975 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10976
10977 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10978
10979 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10980 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10981
10982 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10983 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10984 places point before the definition.
10985
10986 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10987
10988 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10989 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10990 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10991
10992 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10995 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10996 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10997
10998 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10999
11000 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11001 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11002
11003 \(fn)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11006 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11007
11008 \(fn)" t nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11011 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11012
11013 \(fn)" nil nil)
11014
11015 ;;;***
11016 \f
11017 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11018 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20533 50312
11019 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11021
11022 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11023 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11024
11025 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11026
11027 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11028 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11029
11030 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11031
11032 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11033 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11034
11035 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11036
11037 ;;;***
11038 \f
11039 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11040 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11042
11043 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11044 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11045
11046 \(fn)" t nil)
11047
11048 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11049 Display FILE's commentary section.
11050 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11051
11052 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11055 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11056
11057 \(fn)" t nil)
11058
11059 ;;;***
11060 \f
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11062 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20566 45950 38611 876000))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11064
11065 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11066 Toggle flow control handling.
11067 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11068 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11069
11070 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11071
11072 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11073 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11074 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11075 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11076 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11077 to get the effect of a C-q.
11078
11079 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11080
11081 ;;;***
11082 \f
11083 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11084 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
11085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11086
11087 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11088
11089
11090 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11091
11092 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11093
11094
11095 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11096
11097 ;;;***
11098 \f
11099 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11100 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20647 7982
11101 ;;;;;; 429263 0))
11102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11103
11104 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11105 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11107 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11108 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11109
11110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11111
11112 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11113 Turn flymake mode on.
11114
11115 \(fn)" nil nil)
11116
11117 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11118 Turn flymake mode off.
11119
11120 \(fn)" nil nil)
11121
11122 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11123
11124
11125 \(fn)" nil nil)
11126
11127 ;;;***
11128 \f
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11130 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11131 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20566 46000 842611 651000))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11133
11134 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11135 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11136
11137 \(fn)" t nil)
11138 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11139
11140 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11141 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11145
11146 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11147 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11148 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11149
11150 Bindings:
11151 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11152 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11153 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11154 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11155
11156 Hooks:
11157 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11158
11159 Remark:
11160 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11161 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11162 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11163
11164 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11165 consider adding:
11166 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11167 in your init file.
11168
11169 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11170 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11171
11172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11173
11174 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11175 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11176
11177 \(fn)" nil nil)
11178
11179 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11180 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11181
11182 \(fn)" nil nil)
11183
11184 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11185 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11186
11187 \(fn)" nil nil)
11188
11189 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11190 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11191
11192 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11193
11194 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11195 Flyspell whole buffer.
11196
11197 \(fn)" t nil)
11198
11199 ;;;***
11200 \f
11201 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11202 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11203 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
11204 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11205
11206 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11207 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11208
11209 \(fn)" nil nil)
11210
11211 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11212 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11213
11214 \(fn)" nil nil)
11215
11216 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11217 Toggle Follow mode.
11218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11221
11222 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11223 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11224
11225 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11226 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11227 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11228
11229 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11230 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11231 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11232 movement commands.
11233
11234 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11235 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11236 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11237 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11238 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11239 mileage may vary).
11240
11241 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11242 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11243
11244 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11245
11246 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11247
11248 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11249 \\{follow-mode-map}
11250
11251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11252
11253 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11254 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11255
11256 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11257 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11258 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11259 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11260 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11261 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11262
11263 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11264 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11265 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11266
11267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11268
11269 ;;;***
11270 \f
11271 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20533
11272 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
11273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11274
11275 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11276 Toggle Footnote mode.
11277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11280
11281 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11282 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11283 play around with the following keys:
11284 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11285
11286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11287
11288 ;;;***
11289 \f
11290 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11291 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11293
11294 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11295 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11296
11297 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11298 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11299 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11300 C-c < forms-first-record <
11301 C-c > forms-last-record >
11302 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11303 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11304 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11305 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11306 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11307 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11308 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11309 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11310 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11311 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11312
11313 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11314
11315 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11316 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11317
11318 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11319
11320 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11321 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11322
11323 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11324
11325 ;;;***
11326 \f
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11328 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11330
11331 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11332 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11333 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11334
11335 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11336 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11337
11338 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11339
11340 Key definitions:
11341 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11342
11343 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11344
11345 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11346 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11347 `fortran-do-indent'
11348 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11349 `fortran-if-indent'
11350 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11351 `fortran-structure-indent'
11352 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11353 (default 3)
11354 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11355 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11356 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11357 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11358 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11359 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11360 nil don't change the indentation
11361 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11362 value of either
11363 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11364 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11365 depending on the continuation format in use.
11366 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11367 indentation for a line of code.
11368 (default 'fixed)
11369 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11370 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11371 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11372 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11373 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11374 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11375 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11376 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11377 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11378 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11379 column 5.
11380 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11381 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11382 statements (default nil).
11383 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11384 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11385 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11386 `fortran-continuation-string'
11387 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11388 line (default \"$\").
11389 `fortran-comment-region'
11390 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11391 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11392 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11393 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11394 as typed (default t).
11395 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11396 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11397
11398 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11399 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11400
11401 \(fn)" t nil)
11402
11403 ;;;***
11404 \f
11405 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11406 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20533 50312
11407 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
11408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11409
11410 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11411 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11412
11413 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11414 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11415
11416 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11417
11418 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11419 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11420
11421 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11422 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11423
11424 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11425
11426 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11427 Compile fortune file.
11428
11429 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11430 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11431
11432 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11433
11434 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11435 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11436
11437 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11438 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11439 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11440 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11441
11442 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11443
11444 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11445 Display a fortune cookie.
11446 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11447 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11448 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11449 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11450
11451 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11452
11453 ;;;***
11454 \f
11455 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11456 ;;;;;; (20608 21217 487940 41000))
11457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11458
11459 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11460 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11461 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11462
11463 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11464
11465 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11466 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11467 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11468 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11469 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11470 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11471 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11472
11473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11474
11475 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11476 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11477 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11478 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11479
11480 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11481 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11482 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11483 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11484 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11485
11486 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11487 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11488 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11489 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11490
11491 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11492 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11493 shown in some of the buffers.
11494
11495 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11496
11497 The following commands help control operation :
11498
11499 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11500 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11501
11502 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11503 detailed description of this mode.
11504
11505
11506 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11507 | GDB Toolbar |
11508 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11509 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11510 | | |
11511 | | |
11512 | | |
11513 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11514 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11515 | | (comint-mode) |
11516 | | |
11517 | | |
11518 | | |
11519 | | |
11520 | | |
11521 | | |
11522 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11523 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11524 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11525 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11526 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11527 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11528
11529 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11530
11531 ;;;***
11532 \f
11533 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11534 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20533
11535 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
11536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11537
11538 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11539 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11540 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11541 instead (which see).")
11542
11543 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11544 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11545
11546 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11547 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11548 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11549 documentation string instead.
11550
11551 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11552 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11553 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11554 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11555 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11556 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11557 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11558 enders are actually possible.
11559
11560 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11561 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11562
11563 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11564 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11565 `font-lock-keywords'.
11566
11567 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11568 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11569 runs the macro expansion.
11570
11571 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11572 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11573 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11574
11575 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11576
11577 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11578
11579 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11580
11581 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11582
11583 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11584 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11585
11586 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11587
11588 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11589 Enter generic mode MODE.
11590
11591 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11592 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11593 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11594
11595 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11596 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11597
11598 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11599
11600 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11601 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11602 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11603 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11604 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11605 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11606 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11607 `font-lock-keywords'.
11608
11609 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11610
11611 ;;;***
11612 \f
11613 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11614 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
11615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11616
11617 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11618 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11620 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11621 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11622 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11623
11624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11625
11626 ;;;***
11627 \f
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11629 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11630 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
11631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11632
11633 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11634 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11635 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11636
11637 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11638
11639 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11640 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11641
11642 Guideline for numbers:
11643 1 - error messages
11644 3 - non-serious error messages
11645 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11646 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11647 9 - messages inside loops.
11648
11649 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11650
11651 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11652 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11653 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11654
11655 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11658 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11659
11660 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11661
11662 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11663 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11664
11665 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11666 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11667 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11668 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11669 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11670 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11671
11672 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11673 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11674 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11675 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11676 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11677
11678 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11679
11680 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11681
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11685 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20552 25066
11686 ;;;;;; 479417 0))
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11688 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11689 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11690
11691 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11692 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11693
11694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11695
11696 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11697 Read network news.
11698 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11699 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11700 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11701 name of an NNTP server to use.
11702 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11703 server.
11704
11705 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11706
11707 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11708 Read news as a slave.
11709
11710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11713 Pop up a frame to read news.
11714 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11715 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11716 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11717 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11718 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11719 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11720 current display is used.
11721
11722 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11723
11724 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11725 Read network news.
11726 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11727 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11728 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11729
11730 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11731
11732 ;;;***
11733 \f
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11735 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11736 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11737 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11738 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11739 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11741
11742 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11743 Start Gnus unplugged.
11744
11745 \(fn)" t nil)
11746
11747 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11748 Start Gnus plugged.
11749
11750 \(fn)" t nil)
11751
11752 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11753 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11754
11755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11756
11757 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11758 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11759
11760 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11761 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11762 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11763
11764 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11765 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11766 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11767
11768 \(fn)" t nil)
11769
11770 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11771 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11772
11773 \(fn)" nil nil)
11774
11775 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11776 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11777 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11778 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11779 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11780 supported.
11781
11782 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11783
11784 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11785 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11786 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11787 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11788 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11789 supported.
11790
11791 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11792
11793 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11794 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11795
11796 \(fn)" nil nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11800 downloaded into the agent.
11801
11802 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11803
11804 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11806 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11807 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11808
11809 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11810
11811 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11812 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11813
11814 \(fn)" t nil)
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11818
11819 \(fn)" t nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11823 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11824
11825 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11826
11827 ;;;***
11828 \f
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11830 ;;;;;; (20647 7982 429263 0))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11834 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11835
11836 \(fn)" nil nil)
11837
11838 ;;;***
11839 \f
11840 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11841 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20533 50312 678915
11842 ;;;;;; 0))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11844
11845 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11846 Set a bookmark for this article.
11847
11848 \(fn)" t nil)
11849
11850 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11851 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11852
11853 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11856 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11857 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11858 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11859 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11860
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11862
11863 ;;;***
11864 \f
11865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11866 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11867 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20533
11868 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
11869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11870
11871 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11872 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11873
11874 Usage:
11875 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11876
11877 \(fn)" t nil)
11878
11879 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11880 Generate the cache active file.
11881
11882 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11885 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11886
11887 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11888
11889 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11890 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11891 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11892 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11893 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11894 supported.
11895
11896 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11897
11898 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11899 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11900 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11901 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11902 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11903 supported.
11904
11905 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11906
11907 ;;;***
11908 \f
11909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11910 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11912
11913 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11914 Delay this article by some time.
11915 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11916
11917 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11918 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11919
11920 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11921 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11922
11923 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11924 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11925
11926 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11927
11928 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11929 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11930
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11932
11933 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11934 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11935 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11936 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11937
11938 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11939 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11940
11941 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11942
11943 ;;;***
11944 \f
11945 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11946 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20647 7982 429263 0))
11947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11948
11949 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11950
11951
11952 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11953
11954 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11955
11956
11957 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11958
11959 ;;;***
11960 \f
11961 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11962 ;;;;;; (20628 55151 230164 0))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11964
11965 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11966 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11967
11968 \(fn)" t nil)
11969
11970 ;;;***
11971 \f
11972 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11973 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
11974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11975
11976 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11977 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 ;;;***
11982 \f
11983 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11984 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11985 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20549
11986 ;;;;;; 34104 417881 0))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11988
11989 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11990 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11991
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11993
11994 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11995 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11996
11997 \(fn)" t nil)
11998
11999 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12000 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12001
12002 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12003 different input formats.
12004
12005 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12006
12007 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12008 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12009
12010 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12011 different input formats.
12012
12013 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12016 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12017 The PNG is returned as a string.
12018
12019 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12022 Convert FILE to a Face.
12023 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12024 726 bytes.
12025
12026 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12027
12028 ;;;***
12029 \f
12030 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12031 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20533 50312 678915
12032 ;;;;;; 0))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12036 Display gravatar in the From header.
12037 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12038
12039 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12040
12041 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12042 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12043 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12044
12045 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12046
12047 ;;;***
12048 \f
12049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12050 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20553 28953 158351 908000))
12051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12054 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12055 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12056 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12057
12058 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12061 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12062
12063 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12064
12065 ;;;***
12066 \f
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12068 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12070
12071 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12072
12073
12074 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12077
12078
12079 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12080
12081 ;;;***
12082 \f
12083 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12084 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12086
12087 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12088
12089 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12090 Run batched scoring.
12091 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12092
12093 \(fn)" t nil)
12094
12095 ;;;***
12096 \f
12097 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12098 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12099 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12101
12102 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12103
12104
12105 \(fn)" nil nil)
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12108 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12109 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12110
12111 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12112
12113 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12114 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12115
12116 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12117
12118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12119
12120 ;;;***
12121 \f
12122 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12123 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12124 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12126
12127 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12128 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12129 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12130 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12131 group parameters.
12132
12133 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12134 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12135 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12136 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12137
12138 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12139 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12140 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12141 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12142 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12143 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12144 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12145 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12146 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12147 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12148
12149 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12150
12151 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12152 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12153 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12154 nil CATCH-ALL).
12155
12156 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12157 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12158
12159 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12160
12161 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12162 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12163 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12164
12165 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12166
12167 \(fn)" nil nil)
12168
12169 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12170 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12171 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12172
12173 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12174
12175 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12176 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12177 existing groups are considered.
12178
12179 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12180 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12181 returned.
12182
12183 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12184 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12185 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12186 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12187 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12188 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12189 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12190 clauses will be generated.
12191
12192 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12193 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12194 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12195 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12196 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12197 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12198
12199 For example, given the following group parameters:
12200
12201 nnml:mail.bar:
12202 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12203 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12204 nnml:mail.foo:
12205 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12206 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12207 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12208 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12209 nnml:mail.others:
12210 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12211
12212 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12213
12214 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12215 \"mail.bar\")
12216 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12217 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12218 \"mail.others\")
12219
12220 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12225 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20594 14884 858174 0))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12229 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12230 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12231 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12232 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12233 instead.
12234
12235 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12236
12237 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12238 Mail to ADDRESS.
12239
12240 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12241
12242 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12243 Like `message-reply'.
12244
12245 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12246
12247 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12248
12249 ;;;***
12250 \f
12251 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12252 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12254
12255 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12256 Send a notification on new message.
12257 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12258 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12259 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12260
12261 This is typically a function to add in
12262 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12263
12264 \(fn)" nil nil)
12265
12266 ;;;***
12267 \f
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12269 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12270 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12272
12273 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12274 Display picons in the From header.
12275 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12276
12277 \(fn)" t nil)
12278
12279 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12280 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12281 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12282
12283 \(fn)" t nil)
12284
12285 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12288
12289 \(fn)" t nil)
12290
12291 ;;;***
12292 \f
12293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12294 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12295 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12296 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12297 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20545 60086 510404 0))
12298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12299
12300 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12302 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12303 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12304
12305 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12306
12307 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12308 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12309 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12310 LIST1 is modified.
12311
12312 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12313
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12316 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12317
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12319
12320 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12321
12322
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12327 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12328
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330
12331 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12333 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12334
12335 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12338
12339 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12341 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12342
12343 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12347 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12348
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350
12351 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12354
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12356
12357 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12358 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12359
12360 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12361
12362 ;;;***
12363 \f
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12365 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20545 60086 510404
12366 ;;;;;; 0))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12368
12369 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12370 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12371
12372 \(fn)" t nil)
12373
12374 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12375 Install the registry hooks.
12376
12377 \(fn)" t nil)
12378
12379 ;;;***
12380 \f
12381 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12382 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20533
12383 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12385
12386 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12387 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12388 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12389 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12390 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12391 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12392
12393 \(fn)" t nil)
12394
12395 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12396 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12397 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12398 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12399 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12400
12401 \(fn)" t nil)
12402
12403 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12404
12405
12406 \(fn)" t nil)
12407
12408 ;;;***
12409 \f
12410 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12411 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12413
12414 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12415 Update the format specification near point.
12416
12417 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12418
12419 ;;;***
12420 \f
12421 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12422 ;;;;;; (20615 22847 537904 0))
12423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12424
12425 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12426 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12427
12428 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12429
12430 ;;;***
12431 \f
12432 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12433 ;;;;;; (20668 15033 902481 0))
12434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12435
12436 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12437 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12438 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12439
12440 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12441
12442 ;;;***
12443 \f
12444 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12445 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20669 24410 534430 0))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12447
12448 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12449 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12450
12451 \(fn)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12454 Install the sync hooks.
12455
12456 \(fn)" t nil)
12457
12458 ;;;***
12459 \f
12460 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12461 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12463
12464 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12465 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12466
12467 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12468
12469 ;;;***
12470 \f
12471 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12472 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12474
12475 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12476 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12477 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12478 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12479 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12480 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12481
12482 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12483
12484 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12485
12486 ;;;***
12487 \f
12488 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20625 56567
12489 ;;;;;; 922104 625000))
12490 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12491
12492 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12493 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12494
12495 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12496 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12497 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12498
12499 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12500 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12501 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12502
12503 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12504 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12505
12506 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12507 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12508
12509 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12510
12511 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12512
12513 ;;;***
12514 \f
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12516 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20566
12517 ;;;;;; 46230 958621 550000))
12518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12519
12520 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12521
12522 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12523 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12524 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12525 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12526 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12527
12528 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12529
12530 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12531 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12532 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12533 or to send e-mail.
12534 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12535 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12536
12537 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12538 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12539
12540 \(fn)" t nil)
12541 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12542
12543 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12544 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12546 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12547 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12548
12549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12550
12551 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12552 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12553
12554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12555
12556 ;;;***
12557 \f
12558 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12559 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
12560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12561
12562 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12563 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12564 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12565
12566 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12567
12568 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12569 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12570
12571 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12572
12573 ;;;***
12574 \f
12575 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12576 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12577 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20664 24895
12578 ;;;;;; 147100 745000))
12579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12580
12581 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12582 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12583
12584 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12585
12586 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12587 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12588 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12589 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12590 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12591
12592 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12593 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12594 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12595
12596 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12597
12598 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12599 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12600 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12601 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12602 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12603
12604 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12605
12606 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12607 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12608
12609 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12610
12611 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12612 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12613
12614 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12615 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12616 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12617
12618 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12619 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12620 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12621
12622 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12623 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12624 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12625 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12626
12627 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12628 How to invoke find and grep.
12629 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12630 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12631 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12632 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12633
12634 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12635
12636 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12637 History list for grep.")
12638
12639 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12640 History list for grep-find.")
12641
12642 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12643 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12644 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12645
12646 \(fn)" nil nil)
12647
12648 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12649
12650
12651 \(fn)" nil nil)
12652
12653 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12654 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12655
12656 \(fn)" nil nil)
12657
12658 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12659 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12660 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12661 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12662 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12663
12664 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12665 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12666
12667 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12668 can easily repeat a grep command.
12669
12670 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12671 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12672 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12673 list is empty).
12674
12675 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12676
12677 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12678 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12679 Collect output in a buffer.
12680 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12681 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12682
12683 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12684 easily repeat a find command.
12685
12686 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12687
12688 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12689
12690 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12691 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12692 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12693 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12694 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12695
12696 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12697 before it is executed.
12698 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12699
12700 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12701 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12702 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12703
12704 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12705
12706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12707
12708 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12709 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12710 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12711 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12712 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12713
12714 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12715 before it is executed.
12716 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12717
12718 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12719 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12720 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12721 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12722
12723 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12724
12725 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12726 to specify a command to run.
12727
12728 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12729
12730 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12731 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12732 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12733 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12734
12735 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12736
12737 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12738
12739 ;;;***
12740 \f
12741 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20533 50312 678915
12742 ;;;;;; 0))
12743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12744
12745 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12746 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12747 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12748 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12749 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12750
12751 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12752
12753 ;;;***
12754 \f
12755 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12756 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20615 22847
12757 ;;;;;; 537904 0))
12758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12759
12760 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12761 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12763 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12764
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12766
12767 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12768 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12769 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12770 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12771
12772 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12773
12774 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12775 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12777 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12778
12779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12780
12781 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12782 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12783 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12784 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12785
12786 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12787 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12788
12789 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12790
12791 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12792 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12793 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12794 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12795
12796 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797
12798 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12799 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12801 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802
12803 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12804
12805 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12806 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12807 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12808 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12809 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12810
12811 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12812 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12813 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12814 original source file access method.
12815
12816 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12817 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12818
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12822 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12823
12824 \(fn)" t nil)
12825
12826 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12827 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12828 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12830 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12831 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12832
12833 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12834
12835 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12836 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12838 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12839 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12840
12841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12842
12843 ;;;***
12844 \f
12845 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12846 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12847 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20647 7982 429263 0))
12848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12849
12850 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12851 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12852 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12853 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12854 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12855 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12856 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12857 set it to.
12858 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12859
12860 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12861
12862 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12863 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12864 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12865 of PLACE.
12866 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12867 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12868 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12869 and SETTER.
12870 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12871 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12872
12873 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12874
12875 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12876
12877 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12878 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12879 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12880 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12881 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12882
12883 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12884
12885 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12886
12887 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12888
12889
12890 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12891
12892 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12893
12894 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12895
12896 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12897 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12898 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12899 well for simple place forms.
12900 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12901 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12902 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12903 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12904 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12905 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12906 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12907
12908 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12909
12910 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12911
12912 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12913 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12914 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12915 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12916 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12917
12918 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12919 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12920 (let ((temp VAL))
12921 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12922 temp)
12923 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12924
12925 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12926
12927 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12928 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12929 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12930 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12931 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12932 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12933
12934 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12935
12936 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12937
12938 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12939 Return a reference to PLACE.
12940 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12941
12942 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12943
12944 ;;;***
12945 \f
12946 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20566
12947 ;;;;;; 46640 14637 679000))
12948 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12949
12950 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12951 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12952 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12953 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12954
12955 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12956 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12957 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12958 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12959
12960 \(fn)" t nil)
12961
12962 ;;;***
12963 \f
12964 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12965 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12967
12968 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12969 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12970
12971 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12972
12973 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12974 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12975 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12976 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12977
12978 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12979
12980 \(fn)" t nil)
12981
12982 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12983 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12984 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12985 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12986 to be updated.
12987
12988 \(fn)" t nil)
12989
12990 ;;;***
12991 \f
12992 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12993 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12994 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
12995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12996
12997 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12998 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12999
13000 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13003 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13004 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13005
13006 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13009 Verify a hashcash payment
13010
13011 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13012
13013 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13014 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13015 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13016 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13017 `mail-add-payment-async').
13018
13019 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13022 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13023 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13024 Calculation is asynchronous.
13025
13026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13027
13028 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13029 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13030 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13031
13032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033
13034 ;;;***
13035 \f
13036 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13037 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13038 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13039 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20533 50312
13040 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13042
13043 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13044 Return the help-echo string at point.
13045 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13046 property, or nil, is returned.
13047 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13048 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13049 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13050
13051 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13055 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13056 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13057 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13058
13059 \(fn)" nil nil)
13060
13061 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13062 Display local help in the echo area.
13063 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13064 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13065 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13066 printed instead.
13067
13068 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13069 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13070 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13071
13072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13073
13074 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13076 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13077
13078 \(fn)" t nil)
13079
13080 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13081 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13082 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13083
13084 \(fn)" t nil)
13085
13086 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13087 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13088 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13089 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13090 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13091 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13092 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13093 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13094 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13095 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13096 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13097
13098 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13099 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13100 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13101 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13102 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13103
13104 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13105 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13106 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13107 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13108 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13109 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13110 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13111 The default is `never'.")
13112
13113 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13114
13115 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13117 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13118 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13119 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13120 considered different regions.
13121
13122 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13123 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13124 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13125 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13126 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13127 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13128 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13129 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13130 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13131
13132 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13133
13134 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13135 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13136 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13137 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13138 different regions.
13139
13140 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13141 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13142 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13143 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13144 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13145 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13146 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13147 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13148
13149 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13150 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13151 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13152 rarely happens in practice.
13153
13154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13155
13156 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13157 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13158 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13159 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13160 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13161 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13162
13163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13164
13165 ;;;***
13166 \f
13167 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13168 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13169 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13170 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20600 48649 527386 0))
13171 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13172
13173 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13174 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13175
13176 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13179 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13180 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13181
13182 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13183
13184 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13185 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13186 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13187 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13188 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13189 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13190 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13191 search for a function definition.
13192
13193 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13194 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13195 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13196 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13197 suitable file is found, return nil.
13198
13199 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13200
13201 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13202
13203
13204 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13205
13206 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13207 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13208 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13209 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13210
13211 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13212
13213 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13214 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13215 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13216 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13217 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13218 it is displayed along with the global value.
13219
13220 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13221
13222 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13223 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13224 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13225 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13226
13227 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13228
13229 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13230 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13231 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13232 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13233 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13234
13235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13236
13237 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13238 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13239
13240 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13241
13242 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13243 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13244
13245 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13246
13247 ;;;***
13248 \f
13249 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13250 ;;;;;; (20588 61767 630752 0))
13251 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13252
13253 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13254 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13255 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13256 window listing and describing the options.
13257 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13258 gives the window that lists the options.")
13259
13260 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13261
13262 ;;;***
13263 \f
13264 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13265 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13266 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13267 ;;;;;; (20647 12936 770269 490000))
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13269
13270 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13271 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13272 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13273 Commands:
13274 \\{help-mode-map}
13275
13276 \(fn)" t nil)
13277
13278 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13279
13280
13281 \(fn)" nil nil)
13282
13283 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13284
13285
13286 \(fn)" nil nil)
13287
13288 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13289 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13290
13291 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13292 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13293 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13294 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13295
13296 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13297 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13298 restore it properly when going back.
13299
13300 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13301
13302 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13303 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13304 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13305 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13306 from `help-mode'.
13307 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13308 it does not already exist.
13309
13310 \(fn)" nil nil)
13311
13312 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13313 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13314
13315 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13316 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13317 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13318 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13319 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13320 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13321 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13322 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13323
13324 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13325 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13326 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13327 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13328
13329 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13330 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13331 that.
13332
13333 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13334
13335 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13336 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13337 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13338 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13339 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13340 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13341
13342 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13343
13344 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13345 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13346 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13347 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13348 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13349
13350 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13351
13352 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13353 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13354
13355 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13356
13357 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13358 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13359 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13360 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13361
13362 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13363
13364 ;;;***
13365 \f
13366 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13367 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
13368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13369
13370 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13371 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13372
13373 \(fn)" t nil)
13374
13375 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13376 Provide help for current mode.
13377
13378 \(fn)" t nil)
13379
13380 ;;;***
13381 \f
13382 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13383 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20666 60492 791740 0))
13384 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13385
13386 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13387 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13388 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13389 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13390 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13391
13392 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13393 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13394
13395 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13396 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13397 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13398 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13399
13400 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13401 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13402 periods.
13403
13404 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13405 in hexl format.
13406
13407 A sample format:
13408
13409 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13410 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13411 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13412 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13413 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13414 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13415 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13416 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13417 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13418 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13419 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13420 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13421 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13422 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13423 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13424
13425 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13426 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13427 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13428
13429 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13430 also supported.
13431
13432 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13433
13434 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13435 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13436 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13437
13438 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13439 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13440 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13441
13442 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13443 into the buffer at the current point.
13444
13445 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13446 into the buffer at the current point.
13447
13448 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13449 into the buffer at the current point.
13450
13451 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13452
13453 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13454 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13455
13456 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13457
13458 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13459
13460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13461
13462 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13463 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13464 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13465 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13466
13467 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13468
13469 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13470 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13471 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13472
13473 \(fn)" t nil)
13474
13475 ;;;***
13476 \f
13477 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13478 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13479 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13480 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
13481 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13482
13483 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13484 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13485 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13486 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13487 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13488
13489 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13490 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13491 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13492 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13493
13494 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13495 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13496 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13497 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13498
13499 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13500 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13501 which can be called interactively, are:
13502
13503 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13504 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13505
13506 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13507 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13508 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13509 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13510
13511 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13512 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13513
13514 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13515 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13516
13517 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13518 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13519 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13520 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13521 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13522 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13523 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13524 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13525 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13526 function returns t.
13527
13528 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13529 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13530
13531 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13532 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13533 form:
13534 Hi-lock: FOO
13535
13536 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13537 position (number of characters into buffer)
13538 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13539 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13540 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13541
13542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13543
13544 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13545 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13546 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13549 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13550
13551 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13552
13553 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13554 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13555 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13556 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13557 ARG is omitted or nil.
13558
13559 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13560 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13561 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13562
13563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13564
13565 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13566
13567 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13568 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13569 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13570 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13571
13572 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13573 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13574 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13575 updated as you type.
13576
13577 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13578
13579 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13580
13581 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13582 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13583 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13584 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13585
13586 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13587 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13588 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13589 updated as you type.
13590
13591 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13592
13593 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13594
13595 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13596 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13597 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13598 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13599
13600 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13601 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13602 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13603 updated as you type.
13604
13605 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13606
13607 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13608
13609 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13610 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13611 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13612 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13613
13614 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13615
13616 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13617 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13618
13619 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13620 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13621 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13622
13623 \(fn)" t nil)
13624
13625 ;;;***
13626 \f
13627 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13628 ;;;;;; (20587 1560 278468 915000))
13629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13630
13631 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13632 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13634 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13635 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13636
13637 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13638 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13639 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13640 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13641
13642 `hide-ifdef-env'
13643 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13644 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13645 is used.
13646
13647 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13648 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13649 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13650 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13651 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13652
13653 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13654 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13655 #endif lines when hiding.
13656
13657 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13658 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13659 is activated.
13660
13661 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13662 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13663 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13664
13665 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13666
13667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13668
13669 ;;;***
13670 \f
13671 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13672 ;;;;;; (20566 46578 522635 374000))
13673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13674
13675 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13676 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13677 Each element has the form
13678 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13679
13680 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13681 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13682
13683 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13684 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13685
13686 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13687 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13688 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13689 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13690 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13691 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13692
13693 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13694 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13695
13696 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13697 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13698
13699 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13700 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13701 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13702
13703 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13704 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13706 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13707 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13708
13709 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13710 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13711 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13712
13713 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13714 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13715 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13716
13717 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13718 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13719
13720 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13721
13722 Key bindings:
13723 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13724
13725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13726
13727 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13728 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13729
13730 \(fn)" nil nil)
13731
13732 ;;;***
13733 \f
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13735 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13736 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13737 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13738 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20533
13739 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
13740 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13741
13742 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13743 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13744 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13745 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13746 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13747
13748 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13749 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13750 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13751 this on and off.
13752
13753 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13754 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13755 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13756 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13757 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13758 through various faces.
13759 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13760 buffer with the contents of a file
13761 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13762
13763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13764
13765 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13766 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13768 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13769 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13770
13771 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13772 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13773 in a distinctive face.
13774
13775 The default value can be customized with variable
13776 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13777
13778 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13779
13780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13781
13782 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13783 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13784 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13785
13786 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13787
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13790
13791 \(fn)" t nil)
13792
13793 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13794 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13795
13796 \(fn)" t nil)
13797
13798 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13799 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13800
13801 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13802 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13803 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13804 shown in the last face in the list.
13805
13806 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13807 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13808 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13809
13810 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13811
13812 \(fn)" t nil)
13813
13814 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13815 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13816
13817 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13818
13819 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13820 to save the file.
13821
13822 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13823 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13824
13825 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13826 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13827 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13828
13829 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13830
13831 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13832 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13833
13834 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13835 this function is called interactively.
13836
13837 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13838 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13839 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13840
13841 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13842 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13843 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13844
13845 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13846
13847 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13848 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13849 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13852 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13853
13854 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13855
13856 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13857 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13858 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13859 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13860 ARG is omitted or nil.
13861
13862 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13863 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13864 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13865
13866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13867
13868 ;;;***
13869 \f
13870 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13871 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20660 26176 137583 0))
13872 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13873
13874 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13875 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13876 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13877 or insert functions in this list.")
13878
13879 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13880
13881 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13882 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13883 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13884 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13885 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13886 expansions.
13887 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13888 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13889 undoes the expansion.
13890
13891 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13892
13893 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13894 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13895 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13896 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13897
13898 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13899
13900 ;;;***
13901 \f
13902 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13903 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
13904 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13905
13906 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13907 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13908 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13909 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13910 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13911
13912 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13913 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13914 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13915 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13916 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13917 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13918
13919 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13920 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13921 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13922 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13923
13924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13925
13926 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13927 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13928 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13931 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13932
13933 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13934
13935 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13936 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13938 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13939 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13940
13941 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13942 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13943 windows.
13944
13945 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13946 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13947
13948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13949
13950 ;;;***
13951 \f
13952 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13953 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13954 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13955 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13956 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20566 46439 838629 747000))
13957 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13958
13959 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13960
13961 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13962 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13964
13965 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13966
13967 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13968
13969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13970
13971 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13972 Oriental holidays.
13973 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13974
13975 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13976
13977 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13978
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13980
13981 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13982 Local holidays.
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13984
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13986
13987 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13988
13989 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13990
13991 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13992 User defined holidays.
13993 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13994
13995 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13996
13997 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13998
13999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14000 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14001
14002 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14003
14004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14005 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14006
14007 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14008
14009 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14010 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14011
14012 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14013
14014 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14015 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14016
14017 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14018
14019 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14020
14021 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14022 Jewish holidays.
14023 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14024
14025 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14026
14027 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14028
14029 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14030
14031 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14032 Christian holidays.
14033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14034
14035 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14036
14037 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14038
14039 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14040
14041 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14042 Islamic holidays.
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14044
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14046
14047 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14048
14049 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14050
14051 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14052 Bahá'í holidays.
14053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14054
14055 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14056
14057 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14058
14059 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14060
14061 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14062 Sun-related holidays.
14063 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14064
14065 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14066
14067 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14068
14069 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14070
14071 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14072 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14073 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14074 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14075
14076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14079 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14080 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14081 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14082 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14083
14084 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14085 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14086
14087 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14088 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14089
14090 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14091 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14092 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14093 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14094 of a holiday list.
14095
14096 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14097
14098 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14099
14100 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14101
14102 ;;;***
14103 \f
14104 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20533
14105 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
14106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14107
14108 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14109 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14110
14111 \(fn)" t nil)
14112
14113 ;;;***
14114 \f
14115 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14116 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20615 22847 537904 0))
14117 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14118
14119 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14120 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14121 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14122 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14123 as possible.
14124
14125 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14126 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14127 fontified display.
14128
14129 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14130 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14131
14132 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14133 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14134 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14135
14136 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14137
14138 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14139 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14140 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14141
14142 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14143
14144 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14145
14146 ;;;***
14147 \f
14148 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14149 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20533
14150 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14152
14153 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14154 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14155
14156 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14157 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14158 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14159
14160 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14161 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14162 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14163 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14164 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14165 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14166
14167 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14168 title of the column.
14169
14170 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14171 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14172 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14173 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14174 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14175
14176 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14177
14178 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14179 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14180 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14181 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14182 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14183
14184 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14185 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14186 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14187
14188 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14189
14190 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14191 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14192 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14193 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14194 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14195 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14196
14197 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14198 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14199 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14200 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14201 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14202 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14203 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14204 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14205 values are:
14206 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14207 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14208 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14209 buffer's modification flag.
14210 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14211 prompted before performing this operation.
14212 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14213 operation is complete, in the form:
14214 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14215 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14216 confirmation message, in the form:
14217 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14218 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14219 macro for exactly what it does.
14220
14221 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14222
14223 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14224 Define a filter named NAME.
14225 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14226 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14227 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14228
14229 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14230 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14231 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14232 bound to the current value of the filter.
14233
14234 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14235
14236 ;;;***
14237 \f
14238 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14239 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20647 14483 886336 46000))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14241
14242 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14243 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14244 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14245 buffers which are visiting a file.
14246
14247 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14248
14249 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14250 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14251 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14252 buffers which are visiting a file.
14253
14254 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14255
14256 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14257 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14258 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14259
14260 All arguments are optional.
14261 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14262 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14263 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14264 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14265 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14266 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14267 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14268 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14269 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14270 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14271 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14272 that value locally in this buffer.
14273
14274 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14275
14276 ;;;***
14277 \f
14278 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14279 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14280 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20594 14884 858174 0))
14281 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14282
14283 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14284 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14285 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14286 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14287
14288 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14289
14290 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14291 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14292 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14293 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14294 ICAL-FILENAME.
14295 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14296 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14297 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14298
14299 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14300
14301 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14302 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14303 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14304 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14305 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14306 non-marking or not.
14307
14308 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14309
14310 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14311 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14312
14313 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14314 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14315 DIARY-FILE.
14316
14317 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14318 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14319 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14320
14321 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14322 non-marking.
14323
14324 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14325 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14326 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14327
14328 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14329
14330 ;;;***
14331 \f
14332 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20665
14333 ;;;;;; 22617 826757 0))
14334 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14335
14336 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14337 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14338 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14341 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14342
14343 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14344
14345 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14346 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14348 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14349 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14350
14351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14352
14353 ;;;***
14354 \f
14355 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20533 50312
14356 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14358
14359 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14360 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14361 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14362 Tab indents for Icon code.
14363 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14364 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14365 \\{icon-mode-map}
14366 Variables controlling indentation style:
14367 icon-tab-always-indent
14368 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14369 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14370 icon-auto-newline
14371 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14372 inserted in Icon code.
14373 icon-indent-level
14374 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14375 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14376 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14377 icon-continued-statement-offset
14378 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14379 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14380 icon-continued-brace-offset
14381 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14382 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14383 icon-brace-offset
14384 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14385 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14386 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14387 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14388
14389 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14390 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14391
14392 \(fn)" t nil)
14393
14394 ;;;***
14395 \f
14396 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14397 ;;;;;; (20571 55599 814625 0))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14399
14400 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14401 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14402 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14403 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14404
14405 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14406 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14407 separate frames.
14408
14409 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14410 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14411
14412 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14413 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14414 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14415
14416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14417
14418 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14419
14420 ;;;***
14421 \f
14422 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14423 ;;;;;; (20576 17457 279993 463000))
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14425
14426 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14427 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14428
14429 The main features of this mode are
14430
14431 1. Indentation and Formatting
14432 --------------------------
14433 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14434 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14435
14436 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14437 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14438 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14439 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14440
14441 Comments are indented as follows:
14442
14443 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14444 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14445 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14446
14447 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14448
14449 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14450 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14451 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14452 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14453 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14454 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14455
14456 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14457 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14458 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14459 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14460
14461 2. Routine Info
14462 ------------
14463 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14464 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14465 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14466 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14467 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14468 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14469 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14470 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14471 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14472 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14473
14474 3. Online IDL Help
14475 ---------------
14476
14477 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14478 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14479 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14480 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14481
14482 4. Completion
14483 ----------
14484 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14485 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14486 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14487 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14488 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14489 upper case.
14490
14491 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14492 --------------------------------
14493 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14494 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14495
14496 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14497 \\fu FUNCTION template
14498 \\c CASE statement template
14499 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14500 \\f FOR loop template
14501 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14502 \\w WHILE loop template
14503 \\i IF statement template
14504 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14505 \\b BEGIN
14506
14507 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14508 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14509
14510 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14511 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14512 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14513 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14514
14515 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14516 -------------------------
14517 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14518 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14519
14520 7. Automatic END completion
14521 ------------------------
14522 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14523 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14524
14525 8. Hooks
14526 -----
14527 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14528 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14529
14530 9. Documentation and Customization
14531 -------------------------------
14532 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14533 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14534 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14535 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14536 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14537
14538 10.Keybindings
14539 -----------
14540 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14541 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14542 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14543
14544 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14545
14546 \(fn)" t nil)
14547
14548 ;;;***
14549 \f
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14551 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14552 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14553 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14554 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14555 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14556 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14557 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20665
14558 ;;;;;; 25107 949632 0))
14559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14560
14561 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14562 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14563 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14564 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14565 displaying...)
14566 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14567 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14568 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14569
14570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14571 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14572
14573 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14574
14575 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14576 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14577 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14578 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14579 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14580 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14581 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14582 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14583 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14584
14585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14586
14587 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14588 Switch to another buffer.
14589 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14590 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14591 in another frame.
14592
14593 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14594 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14595 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14596 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14597 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14598
14599 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14600 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14601
14602 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14603
14604 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14605 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14606 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14607 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14608 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14609 in a separate window.
14610 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14611 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14612 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14613 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14614 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14615 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14616 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14617 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14618 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14619
14620 \(fn)" t nil)
14621
14622 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14623 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14624 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14625 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14626
14627 \(fn)" t nil)
14628
14629 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14630 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14631 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14632 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14633
14634 \(fn)" t nil)
14635
14636 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14637 Kill a buffer.
14638 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14639 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14640
14641 \(fn)" t nil)
14642
14643 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14644 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14645 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14646 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14647
14648 \(fn)" t nil)
14649
14650 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14651 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14652 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14653 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14654
14655 \(fn)" t nil)
14656
14657 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14658 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14659
14660 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14661
14662 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14663 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14664 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14665 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14666 visible in another frame.
14667
14668 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14669 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14670 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14671 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14672 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14673 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14674
14675 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14676 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14677
14678 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14679
14680 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14681 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14682 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14683 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14684 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14685 in a separate window.
14686 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14687 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14688 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14689 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14690 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14691 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14692 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14693 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14694 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14699 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14700 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14701
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14703
14704 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14705 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14706 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14707 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14713 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14715
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14719 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14720 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14722
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14726 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14727 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729
14730 \(fn)" t nil)
14731
14732 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14733 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14734 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14736
14737 \(fn)" t nil)
14738
14739 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14740 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14741 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14743
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14748 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750
14751 \(fn)" t nil)
14752
14753 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14754 Write current buffer to a file.
14755 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14759
14760 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14761 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14768 Call `dired' the ido way.
14769 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14775 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14776 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14777 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14778 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14779 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14780
14781 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14782
14783 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14784 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14785 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14786 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14787
14788 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14789
14790 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14791 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14792 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14793 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14794
14795 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14796
14797 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14798 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14799 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14800 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14801 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14802 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14803 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14804 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14805 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14806 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14807 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14808 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14809 with point positioned at the end.
14810 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14811 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14812
14813 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14814
14815 ;;;***
14816 \f
14817 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20566 45191 990577 813000))
14818 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14819
14820 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14821 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14822 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14823
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14825
14826 ;;;***
14827 \f
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20533 50312
14829 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
14830 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14831
14832 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14833
14834 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14835 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14839 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14840
14841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14842
14843 ;;;***
14844 \f
14845 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14846 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14847 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14848 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14849 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14850 ;;;;;; (20648 29678 511980 0))
14851 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14852
14853 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14854 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14855 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14856 be determined.
14857
14858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14861 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14862 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14863 be determined.
14864
14865 \(fn)" nil nil)
14866
14867 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14868 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14869 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14870 be determined.
14871
14872 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14873
14874 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14875 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14876 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14877 be determined.
14878
14879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14880
14881 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14882 Determine and return image type.
14883 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14884 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14885 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14886 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14887 use its file extension as image type.
14888 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14889
14890 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14893 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14894 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14895
14896 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14897
14898 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14899 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14900 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14901
14902 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14903 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14904 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14905 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14906 must be available.
14907
14908 \(fn)" nil nil)
14909
14910 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14911 Create an image.
14912 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14913 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14914 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14915 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14916 use its file extension as image type.
14917 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14918 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14919 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14920 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14921
14922 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14923
14924 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14925 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14926 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14927
14928 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14931 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14932 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14933 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14934 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14935 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14936 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14937 POS may be an integer or marker.
14938 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14939 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14940 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14941 means display it in the right marginal area.
14942
14943 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14944
14945 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14946 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14947 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14948 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14949 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14950 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14951 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14952 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14953 means display it in the right marginal area.
14954 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14955 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14956 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14957 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14958 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14959
14960 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14961
14962 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14963 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14964 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14965 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14966 STRING is a single space.
14967 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14968 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14969 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14970 means display it in the right marginal area.
14971 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14972
14973 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14974
14975 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14976 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14977 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14978 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14979
14980 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14981
14982 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14983 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14984
14985 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14986
14987 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14988 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14989 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14990 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14991 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14992 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14993 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14994 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14995 satisfied.
14996
14997 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14998
14999 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15000
15001 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15002
15003 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15004 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15005
15006 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15007 documentation string.
15008
15009 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15010 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15011 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15012 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15013 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15014 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15015 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15016 define SYMBOL.
15017
15018 Example:
15019
15020 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15021 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15022
15023 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15024
15025 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15026
15027 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15028 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15029 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15030 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15031
15032 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15033 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15034 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15035 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15036
15037 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15038
15039 \(fn)" nil nil)
15040
15041 ;;;***
15042 \f
15043 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15044 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15045 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15046 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15047 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15048 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15049 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15050 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20648 29678 511980 0))
15051 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15052
15053 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15054 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15055 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15056 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15057 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15058 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15059
15060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15061
15062 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15063 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15064
15065 Convenience command that:
15066
15067 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15068 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15069 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15070
15071 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15072 image files in dired and type
15073 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15074
15075 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15076
15077 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15078 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15079
15080 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15081
15082 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15083 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15084 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15085 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15086 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15087 another one).
15088
15089 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15090 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15091 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15092
15093 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15094 instead of erasing it first.
15095
15096 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15097 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15098 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15099 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15100 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15101 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15102
15103 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15104
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15106 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15107 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15108 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15109 displayed.
15110
15111 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15112
15113 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15114
15115 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15116
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15118 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15119
15120 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15121
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15123 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15124 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15125
15126 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15127
15128 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15129 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15130
15131 \(fn)" t nil)
15132
15133 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15134 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15135 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15136 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15137
15138 \(fn)" t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15141 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15142
15143 \(fn)" t nil)
15144
15145 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15146 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15147
15148 \(fn)" t nil)
15149
15150 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15151 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15152
15153 \(fn)" t nil)
15154
15155 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15156 Display current image file.
15157 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15158 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15159
15160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15161
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15163 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15164
15165 \(fn)" t nil)
15166
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15168 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15169 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15170 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15171 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15172 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15173 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15174
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15176
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15178 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15179 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15180 easy-to-use form.
15181
15182 \(fn)" t nil)
15183
15184 ;;;***
15185 \f
15186 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15187 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15188 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15190
15191 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15192 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15193 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15194 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15195
15196 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15197 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15198 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15199 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15200
15201 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15202
15203 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15204 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15205 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15206 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15207
15208 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15209 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15210 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15211 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15212
15213 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15214
15215 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15216 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15217
15218 \(fn)" nil nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15221 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15222 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15223 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15224
15225 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15226
15227 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15228 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15229 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15232 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15233
15234 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15235
15236 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15237 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15241
15242 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15243 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15244 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15245
15246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15247
15248 ;;;***
15249 \f
15250 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15251 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20656 14460 296991
15252 ;;;;;; 0))
15253 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15254
15255 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15256 Major mode for image files.
15257 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15258 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15259
15260 \(fn)" t nil)
15261
15262 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15263 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15264 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15265 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15266 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15267
15268 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15269 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15270 actual image.
15271
15272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15273
15274 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15275 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15276 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15277 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15278 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15279 to display an image file as the actual image.
15280
15281 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15282 to display an image file as text initially.
15283
15284 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15285 on these modes.
15286
15287 \(fn)" t nil)
15288
15289 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15290
15291
15292 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15293
15294 ;;;***
15295 \f
15296 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15297 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20647 7982 429263
15298 ;;;;;; 0))
15299 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15300
15301 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15302 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15303
15304 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15305
15306 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15307 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15308 in the buffer.
15309
15310 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15311
15312 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15313 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15314 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15315
15316 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15317
15318 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15319 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15320 Each element of this list should have the form
15321
15322 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15323
15324 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15325 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15326 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15327 matches are put).
15328 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15329 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15330 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15331 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15332 another element.
15333 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15334 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15335 the menu item.
15336 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15337 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15338 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15339 the ARGUMENTS.
15340
15341 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15342 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15343 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15344
15345 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15346 create a buffer index.
15347
15348 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15349 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15350 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15351 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15352 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15353
15354 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15355
15356 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15357 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15358
15359 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15360 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15361 called within a `save-excursion'.
15362
15363 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15364
15365 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15366
15367 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15368 Function for finding the next index position.
15369
15370 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15371 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15372 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15373 file.
15374
15375 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15376 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15377
15378 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15379
15380 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15381 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15382
15383 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15384 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15385 It should return the name for that index item.")
15386
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15388
15389 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15390 Function to compare string with index item.
15391
15392 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15393 non-nil if they match.
15394
15395 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15396 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15397 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15398 arguments match\".")
15399
15400 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15401
15402 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15403 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15404 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15405
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15407 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15408
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15410
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15412
15413 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15414 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15415 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15416 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15417
15418 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15419
15420 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15421 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15422
15423 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15424
15425 \(fn)" t nil)
15426
15427 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15428 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15429 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15430 for more information.
15431
15432 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15433
15434 ;;;***
15435 \f
15436 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15437 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15438 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
15439 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15440
15441 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15442 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15443
15444 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15445
15446 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15447
15448
15449 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15450
15451 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15452
15453
15454 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15455
15456 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15457
15458
15459 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15460
15461 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15462 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15463
15464 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15465
15466 ;;;***
15467 \f
15468 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15469 ;;;;;; (20584 355 183605 0))
15470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15471
15472 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15473 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15474 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15475 to that buffer.
15476 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15477 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15478 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15479 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15480
15481 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15482
15483 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15484
15485 ;;;***
15486 \f
15487 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15488 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15489 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15490 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15491 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20668 19667 245432
15492 ;;;;;; 713000))
15493 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15494
15495 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15496 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15497 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15498 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15499 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15500 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15501 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15502 first in this list.
15503
15504 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15505 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15506 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15507 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15508 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15509
15510 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15511 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15512 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15513
15514 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15515 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15516
15517 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15518 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15519
15520 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15521 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15522 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15523 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15524 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15525 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15526 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15527 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15528 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15529 with the top-level Info directory.
15530
15531 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15532 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15533 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15534 appended to the Info buffer name.
15535
15536 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15537 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15538 in all the directories in that path.
15539
15540 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15541
15542 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15543
15544 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15545 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15546
15547 \(fn)" t nil)
15548
15549 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15550 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15551
15552 \(fn)" t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15555 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15556 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15557 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15558
15559 \(fn)" nil nil)
15560
15561 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15562 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15563 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15564 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15565
15566 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15567
15568 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15569 Go to the Info directory node.
15570
15571 \(fn)" t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15574 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15575 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15576 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15577 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15578 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15579
15580 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15581
15582 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15583 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15584 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15585
15586 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15587
15588 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15589 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15590 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15591 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15592 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15593
15594 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15597 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15598 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15599 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15600 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15601
15602 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15603 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15604
15605 Selecting other nodes:
15606 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15607 Follow a node reference you click on.
15608 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15609 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15610 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15611 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15612 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15613 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15614 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15615 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15616 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15617 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15618 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15619 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15620 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15621 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15622 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15623 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15624 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15625 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15626 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15627 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15628
15629 Moving within a node:
15630 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15631 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15632 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15633 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15634 move up to the parent node.
15635 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15636 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15637 if there is none.
15638 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15639
15640 Advanced commands:
15641 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15642 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15643 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15644 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15645 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15646 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15647 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15648 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15649 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15650 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15651 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15652 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15653 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15654 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15655 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15656 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15657
15658 \(fn)" t nil)
15659 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15660
15661 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15662 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15663 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15664 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15665 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15666 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15667
15668 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15669 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15670
15671 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15672 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15673 KEY is a string.
15674 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15675 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15676 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15677 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15678
15679 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15682 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15683 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15684
15685 \(fn)" t nil)
15686
15687 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15688 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15689 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15690
15691 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15692
15693 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15694 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15695 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15696 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15697
15698 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15699
15700 ;;;***
15701 \f
15702 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15703 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15704 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
15705 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15706
15707 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15708 Throw away all cached data.
15709 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15710 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15711 system.
15712
15713 \(fn)" t nil)
15714 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15715
15716 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15717 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15718 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15719 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15720 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15721 one found at point.
15722
15723 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15724
15725 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15726 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15727
15728 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15729 Display the documentation of a file.
15730 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15731 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15732 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15733 The default file name is the one found at point.
15734
15735 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15736
15737 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15738
15739 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15740 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15741
15742 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15743
15744 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15745 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15746
15747 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15748
15749 ;;;***
15750 \f
15751 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15752 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15753 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
15754 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15755
15756 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15757 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15758 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15759 current info file is the default.
15760
15761 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15762 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15763 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15764 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15765 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15766
15767 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15768 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15769 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15770 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15771 mistake in the reference.
15772
15773 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15774 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15775 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15776
15777 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15778 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15779 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15780 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15781
15782 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15783
15784 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15785 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15786 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15787 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15788 checked.
15789
15790 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15791 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15792 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15793 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15794 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15795 should be harmless.
15796
15797 \(fn)" t nil)
15798
15799 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15800 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15801 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15802 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15803
15804 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15805 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15806 and can take a long time.
15807
15808 \(fn)" t nil)
15809
15810 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15811 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15812 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15813
15814 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15815
15816 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15817 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15818
15819 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15820 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15821 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15822 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15823 all builtins).
15824
15825 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15826 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15827 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15828 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15829 the sources handy.
15830
15831 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15832
15833 ;;;***
15834 \f
15835 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15836 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20533 50312 678915
15837 ;;;;;; 0))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15839
15840 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15841 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15842
15843 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15844
15845 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15846 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15847
15848 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15849
15850 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15851 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15852 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15853 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15854
15855 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15856 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15857 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15858
15859 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15860 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15861 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15862 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15863
15864 \(fn)" t nil)
15865
15866 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15867 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15868 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15869
15870 \(fn)" t nil)
15871
15872 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15873 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15874 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15875 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15876 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15877
15878 \(fn)" nil nil)
15879
15880 ;;;***
15881 \f
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15883 ;;;;;; (20590 37036 437844 0))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15885
15886 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15887 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15888 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15889
15890 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15891
15892 ;;;***
15893 \f
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15895 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15896 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15898
15899 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15900 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15901
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15905 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15906
15907 \(fn)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15910
15911
15912 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15913
15914 ;;;***
15915 \f
15916 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20533
15917 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
15918 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15919
15920 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15921 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15922 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15923 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15924 accessed via isearchb.
15925
15926 \(fn)" t nil)
15927
15928 ;;;***
15929 \f
15930 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15931 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15932 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15933 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15935
15936 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15938 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15939 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15940 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15941
15942 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15945 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15946 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15947 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15948 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15949
15950 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15951
15952 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15953 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15954 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15955 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15957
15958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15962 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15963 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965
15966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967
15968 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15970 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15971 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973
15974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975
15976 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15977 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15978 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15979 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981
15982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15987 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15989
15990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15991
15992 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15993 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15994 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15995 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15996
15997 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15998
15999 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16000 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16001 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003
16004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005
16006 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Warn that format is read-only.
16008
16009 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16012 Warn that format is write-only.
16013
16014 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16015
16016 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16018
16019 \(fn)" t nil)
16020
16021 ;;;***
16022 \f
16023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16024 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
16025 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16026 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16027 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16028
16029 ;;;***
16030 \f
16031 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16032 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
16033 ;;;;;; ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
16034 ;;;;;; ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
16035 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16036 ;;;;;; (20669 24410 534430 0))
16037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16038
16039 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16040
16041 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16042 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16043 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16044 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16045 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16046
16047 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16048
16049 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16050
16051 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16052 Key map for ispell menu.")
16053
16054 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16055 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16056 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16057 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16058
16059 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16060
16061 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16062
16063 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16064
16065 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16066
16067 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16068 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16069 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16070 Valid forms include:
16071 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16072 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16073 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16074 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16075
16076 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16077 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16078 First list is used raw.
16079 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16080
16081 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16082 for skipping in latex mode.")
16083
16084 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16085 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16086 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16087 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16088 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16089 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16090 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16091
16092 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16093 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16094 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16095 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16096
16097 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16098 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16099 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16100 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16101 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16102
16103 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16104 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16105
16106 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16107 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16108
16109 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16110 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16111
16112 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16113 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16114
16115 Return values:
16116 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16117 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16118 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16119 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16120 quit spell session exited.
16121
16122 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16123
16124 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16125 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16126 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16127
16128 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16129
16130 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16131 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16132
16133 Selections are:
16134
16135 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16136 SPC: Accept word this time.
16137 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16138 `a': Accept word for this session.
16139 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16140 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16141 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16142 `?': Show these commands.
16143 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16144 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16145 the aborted check to be completed later.
16146 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16147 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16148 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16149 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16150 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16151 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16152 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16153
16154 \(fn)" nil nil)
16155
16156 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16157 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16158 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16159 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16160
16161 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16162
16163 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16164 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16165 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16166 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16167
16168 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16169
16170 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16171
16172 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16173 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16174 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16175 amount for last line processed.
16176
16177 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16178
16179 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16180 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16181
16182 \(fn)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16185 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16186
16187 \(fn)" t nil)
16188
16189 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16190 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16191 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16192
16193 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16194
16195 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16196 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16197
16198 \(fn)" t nil)
16199
16200 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16201 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16202 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16203 sequence inside of a word.
16204
16205 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16206
16207 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16210 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16211
16212 \(fn)" t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16215 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16216 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16217 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16218
16219 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16220 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16221 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16222 available on the net.
16223
16224 \(fn)" t nil)
16225
16226 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16227 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16231
16232 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16233 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16234 spelled.
16235
16236 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16237 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16238 SPC.
16239
16240 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16241 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16242
16243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16246 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16247 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16248 Don't check included messages.
16249
16250 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16251 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16252 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16253
16254 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16255 in your init file:
16256 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16257 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16258 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16259 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16260
16261 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16262 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16263 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16264
16265 \(fn)" t nil)
16266
16267 ;;;***
16268 \f
16269 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20576
16270 ;;;;;; 18956 372056 655000))
16271 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16272
16273 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16274 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16275 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16278 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16279
16280 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16281
16282 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16283 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16284 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16285 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16286 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16287
16288 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16289 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16290
16291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16292
16293 ;;;***
16294 \f
16295 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16296 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16297 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16298 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20533 50312 678915
16299 ;;;;;; 0))
16300 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16301
16302 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16303
16304
16305 \(fn)" nil nil)
16306
16307 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16308 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16309 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16310 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16311 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16312 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16313 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16314 necessary to represent OBJ.
16315
16316 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16317
16318 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16319 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16320 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16321 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16322
16323 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16324
16325 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16326 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16327 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16328 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16329 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16330
16331 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16332
16333 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16334 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16335 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16336 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16337
16338 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16339
16340 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16341 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16342 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16343 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16344
16345 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16346
16347 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16348 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16349
16350 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16351
16352 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16353 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16354 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16355 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16356 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16357
16358 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16361 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16362 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16363 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16364 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16365
16366 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16367
16368 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16369 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16370 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16371
16372 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16373
16374 ;;;***
16375 \f
16376 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16377 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
16378 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16379
16380 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16381 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16382 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16383 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16384
16385 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16386
16387
16388 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16389
16390 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16391 Uninstall jka-compr.
16392 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16393 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16394 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16395
16396 \(fn)" nil nil)
16397
16398 ;;;***
16399 \f
16400 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20665 32946 244749
16401 ;;;;;; 462000))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16403
16404 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16405 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16406
16407 \(fn)" t nil)
16408
16409 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16410
16411 ;;;***
16412 \f
16413 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16414 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16415 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
16416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16417
16418 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16419 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16420 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16421 decimal key must be specified.")
16422
16423 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16424
16425 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16426 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16427 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16428 decimal key must be specified.")
16429
16430 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16431
16432 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16433 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16434 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16435 decimal key must be specified.")
16436
16437 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16438
16439 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16440 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16441 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16442 decimal key must be specified.")
16443
16444 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16445
16446 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16447 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16448 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16449 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16450 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16451 keys are bound.
16452
16453 Setup Binding
16454 -------------------------------------------------------------
16455 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16456 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16457 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16458 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16459 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16460 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16461 in the global and local keymaps.
16462
16463 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16464 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16465
16466 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16467
16468 ;;;***
16469 \f
16470 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16471 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
16472 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16473
16474 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16475 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16476 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16477
16478 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16479 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16480 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16481 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16482 shorter.
16483
16484 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16485 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16486 the context of text formatting.
16487
16488 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16489
16490 ;;;***
16491 \f
16492 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20533
16493 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
16494 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16495
16496 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16497 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16498 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16499 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16500 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16501 positions that contains the current selection.")
16502
16503 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16504 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16505 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16506 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16507 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16508 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16509 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16510
16511 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16512
16513 ;;;***
16514 \f
16515 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16516 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16517 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16518 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16520 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16521 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16522 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16523 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16524 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16525 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16526 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16527
16528 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16529 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16530
16531 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16532
16533 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16534 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16535 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16536 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16537 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16538
16539 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16540
16541 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16542 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16543 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16544
16545 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16546 defining the macro.
16547
16548 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16549 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16550 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16551
16552 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16553 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16554
16555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16556
16557 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16558 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16559 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16560 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16561 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16562 under that name.
16563
16564 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16565 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16566 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16567
16568 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16569
16570 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16571 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16572 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16573
16574 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16575 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16576 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16577 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16578
16579 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16580 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16581
16582 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16583
16584 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16585 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16586 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16587
16588 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16589 macro.
16590
16591 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16592 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16593
16594 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16595 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16596 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16597
16598 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16599 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16600
16601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16602
16603 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16604 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16605 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16606 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16607
16608 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16609
16610 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16611 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16612 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16613 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16614
16615 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16616 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16617
16618 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16619
16620 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16621 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16622 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16623
16624 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16625
16626 ;;;***
16627 \f
16628 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16629 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
16630 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16631
16632 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16633 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16634 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16635
16636 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16637
16638
16639 \(fn)" nil nil)
16640
16641 ;;;***
16642 \f
16643 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16644 ;;;;;; (20545 60086 510404 0))
16645 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16646
16647 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16648
16649 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16650 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16651
16652 \(fn)" t nil)
16653
16654 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16655 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16656 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16657 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16658
16659 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16660 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16661 none / 1 | yes | no
16662 2 | yes | yes
16663 3 | no | yes
16664 4 | no | no
16665
16666 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16667 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16668 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16669
16670 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16671
16672 ;;;***
16673 \f
16674 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16675 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16676 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16678
16679 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16680
16681
16682 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16683
16684 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16685 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16686 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16687 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16688 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16689 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16690
16691 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16692 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16693
16694 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16695
16696 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16697 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16698
16699 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16700
16701 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16702
16703
16704 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16705
16706 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16707
16708
16709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16710
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16714 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16715 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20533 50312 678915
16716 ;;;;;; 0))
16717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16718
16719 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16720 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16721 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16722 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16723
16724 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16725
16726 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16727 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16728 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16729
16730 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16731
16732 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16733 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16734 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16735
16736 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16737
16738 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16739 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16740 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16741 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16742
16743 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16744
16745 ;;;***
16746 \f
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16748 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20577 7722
16749 ;;;;;; 729771 155000))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16751
16752 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16753 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16754 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16755 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16756 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16757 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16758 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16759 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16760
16761 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16762 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16763
16764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16765 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16766
16767 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16768
16769 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16771 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16772 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16773 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16774 `latin1-display-setup'.
16775
16776 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16777
16778 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16779 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16780 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16781 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16782
16783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16784 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16785
16786 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16787
16788 ;;;***
16789 \f
16790 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16791 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16793
16794 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16795 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16796
16797 \(fn)" t nil)
16798
16799 ;;;***
16800 \f
16801 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20545 60086 510404
16802 ;;;;;; 0))
16803 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16804
16805 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16806 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16807 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16808 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16809 generations (this defaults to 1).
16810
16811 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16812
16813 ;;;***
16814 \f
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16816 ;;;;;; (20581 13032 944808 0))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16818
16819 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16820 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16822 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16823 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16824
16825 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16826
16827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16828
16829 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16830 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16831 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16834 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16835
16836 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16837
16838 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16839 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16840 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16841 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16842 ARG is omitted or nil.
16843
16844 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16845 `linum-on' would do it.
16846 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16847
16848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16849
16850 ;;;***
16851 \f
16852 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20533
16853 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16855
16856 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16857 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16858 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16859 is nil, raise an error.
16860
16861 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16862 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16863 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16864 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16865 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16866 defined by the library.
16867
16868 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16869 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16870 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16871 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16872 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16873 proceeds.
16874
16875 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16876 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16877 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16878 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16879
16880 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16881
16882 ;;;***
16883 \f
16884 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16885 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20566 45835 254600 494000))
16886 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16887
16888 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16889 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16890 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16891
16892 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16893
16894 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16895 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16896 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16897 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16898
16899 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16900 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16901 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16902 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16903 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16904 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16905 the version.)
16906
16907 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16908 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16909
16910 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16911 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16912
16913 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16914 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16915
16916 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16917
16918 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16919 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16920 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16921 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16922 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16923 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16924 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16925 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16926 to constrain a big search.
16927
16928 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16929
16930 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16931 except that FILTER is not optional.
16932
16933 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16934
16935 ;;;***
16936 \f
16937 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20586 27094
16938 ;;;;;; 290288 0))
16939 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16940
16941 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16942 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16943 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16944 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16945 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16946 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16947 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16948 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16949 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16950 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16951
16952 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16953 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16954 associated values:
16955 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16956 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16957 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16958 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16959 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16960
16961 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16962 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16963 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16964
16965 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16966
16967 ;;;***
16968 \f
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20533
16970 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
16971 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16972
16973 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16974 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16975
16976 \(fn)" t nil)
16977
16978 ;;;***
16979 \f
16980 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16981 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20533
16982 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
16983 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16984
16985 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16986 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16987
16988 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16989 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16990
16991 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16992 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16993 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16994
16995 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16996 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16997
16998 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16999 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17000 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17001 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17002 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17003 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17004 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17005
17006 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17007
17008 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17009 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17010 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17011 switch on this list.
17012 See `lpr-command'.")
17013
17014 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17015
17016 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17017 Name of program for printing a file.
17018
17019 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17020 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17021 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17022 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17023 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17024 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17025 argument.")
17026
17027 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17028
17029 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17030 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17031 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17032 for customization of the printer command.
17033
17034 \(fn)" t nil)
17035
17036 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17037 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17038
17039 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17040 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17041 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17042 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17043
17044 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17045 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17046
17047 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17048 for further customization of the printer command.
17049
17050 \(fn)" t nil)
17051
17052 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17053 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17054 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17055 for customization of the printer command.
17056
17057 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17058
17059 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17060 Paginate and print the region contents.
17061
17062 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17063 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17064 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17065 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17066
17067 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17068 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17069
17070 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17071 for further customization of the printer command.
17072
17073 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17074
17075 ;;;***
17076 \f
17077 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17078 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17080
17081 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17082 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17083 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17084
17085 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17086
17087 ;;;***
17088 \f
17089 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20566
17090 ;;;;;; 46417 662629 772000))
17091 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17092
17093 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17094 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17095 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17096 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17097
17098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17099
17100 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17101
17102 ;;;***
17103 \f
17104 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20665
17105 ;;;;;; 36931 628705 467000))
17106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17107
17108 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17109 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17110
17111 \(fn)" t nil)
17112
17113 ;;;***
17114 \f
17115 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17116 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20533 50312 678915
17117 ;;;;;; 0))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17119
17120 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17121 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17122 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17123 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17124 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17125
17126 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17127
17128 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17129 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17130 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17131 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17132
17133 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17134 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17135 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17136 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17137 bindings.
17138
17139 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17140 use this command, and then save the file.
17141
17142 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17143
17144 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17145 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17146 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17147 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17148 each time the macro executes.
17149 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17150 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17151 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17152 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17153 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17154 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17155 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17156
17157 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17158
17159 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17160 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17161 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17162 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17163
17164 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17165 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17166 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17167 execute.
17168
17169 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17170 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17171
17172 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17173 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17174 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17175 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17176 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17177
17178 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17179 looked like this:
17180
17181 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17182 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17183 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17184
17185 You could enter the names in this format:
17186
17187 foo
17188 bar
17189 baz
17190
17191 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17192
17193 \\C-x (
17194 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17195 \\C-x )
17196
17197 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17198 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17199
17200 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17201 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17202
17203 ;;;***
17204 \f
17205 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17206 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
17207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17208
17209 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17210 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17211 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17212 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17213 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17214 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17215
17216 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17217 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17218 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17219 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17220 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17221
17222 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17223 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17224 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17225 consing a string.)
17226
17227 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17228
17229 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17230 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17231
17232 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17233
17234 ;;;***
17235 \f
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17237 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17238 ;;;;;; (20566 46269 462622 211000))
17239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17240
17241 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17242 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17243
17244 \(fn)" nil nil)
17245
17246 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17247
17248
17249 \(fn)" nil nil)
17250
17251 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17252 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17253
17254 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17255
17256 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17257 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17258 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17259 message.
17260
17261 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17262
17263 \(fn)" nil nil)
17264
17265 ;;;***
17266 \f
17267 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17268 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17269 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17270 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
17271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17272
17273 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17274 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17275 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17276 often correct parser.")
17277
17278 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17279
17280 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17281 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17282 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17283 a value which excludes your own email address.
17284
17285 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17286 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17287
17288 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17289
17290 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17291 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17292
17293 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17294
17295 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17296 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17297 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17298 we return it unconverted.
17299
17300 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17301 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17302
17303 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17304
17305 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17306 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17307 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17308 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17309
17310 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17311
17312 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17313 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17314 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17315 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17316
17317 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17318
17319 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17320 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17321 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17322 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17323 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17324 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17325 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17326 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17327 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17328 as Rmail does.
17329
17330 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17331
17332 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17333 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17334 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17335 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17336 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17337 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17338 matches may be returned from the message body.
17339
17340 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17341
17342 ;;;***
17343 \f
17344 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17345 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20566
17346 ;;;;;; 34890 729127 0))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17348
17349 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17350 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17351 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17353 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17354 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17355
17356 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17357
17358 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17359 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17360 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17361 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17362 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17363
17364 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17365 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17366 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17367 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17368
17369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17370
17371 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17372 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17373
17374 \(fn)" nil nil)
17375
17376 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17377 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17378 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17379
17380 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17381
17382 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17383 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17384 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17385
17386 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17387 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17388 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17389 double-quotes.
17390
17391 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17392
17393 ;;;***
17394 \f
17395 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17396 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17397 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20576 15960 587930 157000))
17398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17399
17400 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17401 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17402 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17403 king@grassland.com
17404 If `parens', they look like:
17405 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17406 If `angles', they look like:
17407 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17408
17409 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17410
17411 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17412 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17413 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17414 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17415 their `Resent-' variants.
17416
17417 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17418 removed from alias expansions.
17419
17420 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17421
17422 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17423 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17424 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17425
17426 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17427 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17428 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17429 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17430
17431 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17432
17433 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17434 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17435 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17436
17437 \(fn)" nil nil)
17438
17439 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17440 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17441 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17442 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17443
17444 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17445
17446 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17447
17448 ;;;***
17449 \f
17450 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17451 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
17452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17453
17454 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17455 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17456 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17457 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17458
17459 \(fn)" nil nil)
17460
17461 ;;;***
17462 \f
17463 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17464 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17465 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20665 39324 196680
17466 ;;;;;; 404000))
17467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17468
17469 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17470 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17471
17472 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17473 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17474 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17475 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17476 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17477 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17478
17479 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17480 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17481 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17482 dependency, despite the colon.
17483
17484 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17485
17486 In the browser, use the following keys:
17487
17488 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17489
17490 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17491
17492 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17493 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17494
17495 `makefile-target-colon':
17496 The string that gets appended to all target names
17497 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17498 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17499
17500 `makefile-macro-assign':
17501 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17502 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17503 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17504 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17505 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17506 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17507
17508 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17509 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17510 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17511
17512 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17513 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17514
17515 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17516 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17517 up or down in the browser.
17518
17519 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17520 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17521
17522 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17523 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17524
17525 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17526 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17527 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17528 has been selected in the browser.
17529
17530 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17531 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17532 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17533 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17534 filenames are omitted.
17535
17536 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17537 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17538 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17539 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17540 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17541 the backslash itself intact.
17542 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17543 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17544
17545 `makefile-browser-hook':
17546 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17547 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17548
17549 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17550 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17551 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17552 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17553
17554 \(fn)" t nil)
17555
17556 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17557 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17558
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17562 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17563
17564 \(fn)" t nil)
17565
17566 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17567 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17568
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17570
17571 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17572 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17573
17574 \(fn)" t nil)
17575
17576 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17577 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17578
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17580
17581 ;;;***
17582 \f
17583 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20533
17584 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
17585 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17586
17587 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17588 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17589 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17590
17591 \(fn)" t nil)
17592
17593 ;;;***
17594 \f
17595 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17596 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
17597 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17598
17599 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17600
17601 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17602 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17603 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17604 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17605 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17606 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17607 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17608 page, it will display immediately.
17609
17610 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17611 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17612 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17613
17614 cat(1)
17615 1 cat
17616
17617 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17618 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17619 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17620 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17621
17622 -a chmod
17623
17624 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17625 otherwise look like a page name.
17626
17627 /my/file/name.1.gz
17628 -l somefile.1
17629
17630 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17631 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17632 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17633
17634 -k pattern
17635
17636 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17637
17638 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17639 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17640
17641 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17642
17643 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17644 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17645
17646 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17647
17648 ;;;***
17649 \f
17650 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20533 50312
17651 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17653
17654 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17655 Toggle Master mode.
17656 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17657 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17658 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17659
17660 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17661 using the following commands:
17662
17663 \\{master-mode-map}
17664
17665 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17666 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17667 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17668
17669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17670
17671 ;;;***
17672 \f
17673 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17674 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17676
17677 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17678 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17679 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17682 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17683
17684 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17685
17686 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17687 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17689 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17690 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17691
17692 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17693 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17694 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17695 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17696
17697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17698
17699 ;;;***
17700 \f
17701 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17702 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17703 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17704 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17705 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17706 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17707 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20650 61396 673885 0))
17708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17709
17710 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17711
17712 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17713 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17714 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17715 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17716 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17717 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17718 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17719 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17720 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17721 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17722 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17723 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17724 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17725 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17726 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17727 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17728 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17729 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17730 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17731 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17732 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17733 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17734 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17735 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17736 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17737 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17738 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17739 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17740 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17741 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17742 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17743 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17744 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17745 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17746 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17747 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17748 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17749 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17750
17751 \(fn)" t nil)
17752
17753 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17754 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17755 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17756 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17757 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17758
17759 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17760
17761 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17762 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17763
17764 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17767 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17768
17769 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17772 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17773
17774 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17777 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17778 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17779
17780 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17783 Cancel an article you posted.
17784 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17785
17786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17789 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17790 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17791 header line with the old Message-ID.
17792
17793 \(fn)" t nil)
17794
17795 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17796 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17797
17798 \(fn)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17801 Forward the current message via mail.
17802 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17803 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17804
17805 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17806
17807 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17808
17809
17810 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17811
17812 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17813
17814
17815 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17818 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17819
17820 \(fn)" t nil)
17821
17822 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17823 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17824
17825 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17828 Re-mail the current message.
17829 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17830 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17831 you.
17832
17833 \(fn)" t nil)
17834
17835 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17836 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17837
17838 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17841 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17842
17843 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17846 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17847
17848 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17849
17850 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17851 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17852
17853 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17856 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17857 Works by overstriking characters.
17858 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17859 which specify the range to operate on.
17860
17861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17862
17863 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17864 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17865 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17866 which specify the range to operate on.
17867
17868 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17869
17870 ;;;***
17871 \f
17872 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17873 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
17874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17875
17876 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17877 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17878
17879 \(fn)" t nil)
17880
17881 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17882 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17883
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17885
17886 ;;;***
17887 \f
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17889 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17890 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
17891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17892
17893 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17894 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17895 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17896
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17898
17899 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17900 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17901 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17902 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17903 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17904 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17905 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17906
17907 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17908
17909 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17910 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17911 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17912 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17913 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17914 means current).
17915 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17916 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17917
17918 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17919
17920 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17921 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17922 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17923 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17924 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17925 means current).
17926 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17927 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17928
17929 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17930
17931 ;;;***
17932 \f
17933 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17934 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17935 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20660 26176 137583 0))
17936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17937
17938 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17939 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17940 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17941
17942 \(fn)" t nil)
17943
17944 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17945 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17946 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17947
17948 \(fn)" t nil)
17949
17950 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17951 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17952
17953 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17954 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17955 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17956
17957 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17958 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17959
17960 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17961 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17962
17963 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17964
17965 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17966
17967 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17968 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17969 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17970 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17971 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17972 as `compose-mail'.
17973
17974 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17975 initial Subject field, respectively.
17976
17977 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17978 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17979 are strings.
17980
17981 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17982 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17983
17984 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17985
17986 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17987 Save draft and send message.
17988
17989 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17990 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17991 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17992 Mail Delivery*\".
17993
17994 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17995 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17996 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17997
17998 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17999 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18000 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18001 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18002 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18003 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18004
18005 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18006 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18007
18008 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18009 message and scan line.
18010
18011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18012
18013 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18014 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18015
18016 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18017 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18018 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18019 delete the draft message.
18020
18021 \(fn)" t nil)
18022
18023 ;;;***
18024 \f
18025 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20660 26176
18026 ;;;;;; 137583 0))
18027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18028
18029 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18030
18031 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18032
18033 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18034
18035 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18036 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18037
18038 \(fn)" t nil)
18039
18040 ;;;***
18041 \f
18042 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18043 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20660 26176 137583 0))
18044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18045
18046 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18047 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18048 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18049
18050 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18051 the MH mail system.
18052
18053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18056 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18057 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18058
18059 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18060 the MH mail system.
18061
18062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18063
18064 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18065 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18066
18067 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18068 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18069 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18070 separate command.
18071
18072 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18073 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18074 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18075 format.
18076
18077 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18078
18079 Ranges
18080 ======
18081 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18082 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18083 can be used in several ways.
18084
18085 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18086 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18087 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18088 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18089 page):
18090
18091 <num1>-<num2>
18092 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18093 The range must be nonempty.
18094
18095 <num>:N
18096 <num>:+N
18097 <num>:-N
18098 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18099 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18100 last.
18101
18102 first:N
18103 prev:N
18104 next:N
18105 last:N
18106 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18107
18108 all
18109 All of the messages.
18110
18111 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18112 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18113
18114 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18115 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18116 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18117
18118 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18119
18120 \(fn)" t nil)
18121
18122 ;;;***
18123 \f
18124 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18125 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18126 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18127
18128 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18129 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18130 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18131 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18132 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18133 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18134 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18135 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18136 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18137 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18138 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18139
18140 \(fn)" t nil)
18141
18142 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18143 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18144 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18145 to its second argument TM.
18146
18147 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18148
18149 ;;;***
18150 \f
18151 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18152 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20647 7982 429263 0))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18154
18155 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18156 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18157 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18160 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18161
18162 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18163
18164 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18165 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18167 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18168 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18169
18170 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18171 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18172 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18173 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18174 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18175 is modified to remove the default indication.
18176
18177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18178
18179 ;;;***
18180 \f
18181 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18182 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
18183 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18184
18185 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18186 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18187 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18188 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18189 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18190 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18191 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18192 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18193 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18194
18195 \(fn)" t nil)
18196
18197 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18198 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18199 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18200 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18201 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18202 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18203 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18204 The return value is always nil.
18205
18206 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18207
18208 ;;;***
18209 \f
18210 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18211 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18212 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18213 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18214 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18215
18216 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18217 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18218
18219 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18220 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18221 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18222 next occurrence.
18223
18224 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18225 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18226 end of the search space).
18227
18228 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18229 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18230 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18231 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18232 should return the previous buffer to search.
18233
18234 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18235 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18236 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18237
18238 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18239 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18240 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18241 Isearch starts.")
18242
18243 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18244 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18245 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18246
18247 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18248 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18249 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18250
18251 \(fn)" nil nil)
18252
18253 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18254 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18255 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18256 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18257 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18258 whose names match the specified regexp.
18259
18260 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18261
18262 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18263 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18264 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18265 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18266 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18267 whose names match the specified regexp.
18268
18269 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18270
18271 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18272 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18273 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18274 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18275 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18276 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18277 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18278
18279 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18280
18281 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18282 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18283 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18284 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18285 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18286 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18287 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18288
18289 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18290
18291 ;;;***
18292 \f
18293 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18294 ;;;;;; (20566 46143 538618 330000))
18295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18296
18297 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18298 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18299
18300 \(fn)" t nil)
18301
18302 ;;;***
18303 \f
18304 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18305 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
18306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18307
18308 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18309 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18310
18311 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18312
18313 ;;;***
18314 \f
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18316 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18318
18319 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18320 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18321
18322 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18323
18324 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18325 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18326 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18327 the entire message.
18328 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18329
18330 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18331
18332 ;;;***
18333 \f
18334 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18335 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18337
18338 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18339 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18340 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18341 the entire message.
18342 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18343
18344 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18345
18346 ;;;***
18347 \f
18348 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18349 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18351
18352 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18353 Insert file contents of URL.
18354 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18355
18356 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18357
18358 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18359 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18360
18361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18362
18363 ;;;***
18364 \f
18365 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18366 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18368
18369 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18370 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18371 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18372 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18373 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18374
18375 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18376
18377 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18378 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18379 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18380
18381 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18382
18383 ;;;***
18384 \f
18385 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18386 ;;;;;; (20567 14136 702359 0))
18387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18388
18389 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18390 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18391
18392 \(fn)" nil nil)
18393
18394 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18395 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18396 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18397 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18398 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18399
18400 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18401 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18402 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18403 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18404 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18405 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18406
18407 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18408
18409 ;;;***
18410 \f
18411 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18412 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
18413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18414
18415 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18416
18417
18418 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18419
18420 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18421
18422
18423 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18424
18425 ;;;***
18426 \f
18427 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18428 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18429 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18431
18432 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18433
18434
18435 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18436
18437 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18438
18439
18440 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18441
18442 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18443
18444
18445 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18448
18449
18450 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18451
18452 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18453
18454
18455 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18456
18457 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18458
18459
18460 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18461
18462 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18463
18464
18465 \(fn)" nil nil)
18466
18467 ;;;***
18468 \f
18469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20585 42247
18470 ;;;;;; 723488 573000))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18472
18473 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18474
18475 ;;;***
18476 \f
18477 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20533
18478 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18480
18481 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18482
18483 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18484 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18485 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18486 followed by the first character of the construct.
18487 \\<m2-mode-map>
18488 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18489 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18490 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18491 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18492 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18493 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18494 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18495 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18496 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18497 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18498 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18499 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18500 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18501 \\[m2-link] link
18502
18503 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18504 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18505 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18506
18507 \(fn)" t nil)
18508
18509 ;;;***
18510 \f
18511 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18512 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18514
18515 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18516 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18517
18518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18519
18520 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18521 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18522
18523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18524
18525 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18526 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18527
18528 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18529
18530 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18531 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18532
18533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18534
18535 ;;;***
18536 \f
18537 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18538 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20566 45828 866603 595000))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18540
18541 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18542 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18543
18544 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18545 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18546 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18547
18548 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18549 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18550 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18551
18552 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18553 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18554
18555 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18556 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18557 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18558 hemisphere you're in.)
18559
18560 To test this function, evaluate:
18561 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18562
18563 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18564
18565 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18566 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18567
18568 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18569 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18570
18571 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18572 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18573 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18574
18575 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18576 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18577
18578 To test this function, evaluate:
18579 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18580
18581 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18582
18583 ;;;***
18584 \f
18585 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18586 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18587
18588 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18589 Main entry point for MPC.
18590
18591 \(fn)" t nil)
18592
18593 ;;;***
18594 \f
18595 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20545 60086 510404
18596 ;;;;;; 0))
18597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18598
18599 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18600 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18601
18602 \(fn)" t nil)
18603
18604 ;;;***
18605 \f
18606 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
18607 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18608
18609 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18610 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18611 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18614 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18615
18616 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18617
18618 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18619 Toggle Msb mode.
18620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18621 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18622 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18623
18624 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18625 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18626
18627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18628
18629 ;;;***
18630 \f
18631 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18632 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18633 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18634 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18635 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18636 ;;;;;; (20576 16405 87949 626000))
18637 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18638
18639 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18640 Display a list of all character sets.
18641
18642 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18643 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18644 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18645 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18646 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18647
18648 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18649 but still shows the full information.
18650
18651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18654 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18655 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18656
18657 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18658 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18659 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18660 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18661 meanings of these arguments.
18662
18663 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18664
18665 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18666 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18667
18668 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18672
18673 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18676 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18677
18678 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18679
18680 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18681 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18682
18683 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18684 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18685 in place of `..':
18686 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18687 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18688 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18689 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18690 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18691 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18692 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18693 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18695 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18696 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18697 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18698 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18699 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18700 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18701 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18702
18703 \(fn)" t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18706 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18707
18708 \(fn)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display a list of all coding systems.
18712 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18713
18714 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18715 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18716
18717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18718
18719 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18720 Display a list of all coding categories.
18721
18722 \(fn)" nil nil)
18723
18724 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18726 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18727
18728 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about FONTSET.
18732 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18733
18734 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display a list of all fontsets.
18738 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18739 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18740 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18741
18742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display information about all input methods.
18746
18747 \(fn)" t nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18751
18752 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18753 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18754 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18755 system which uses fontsets).
18756
18757 \(fn)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18760 Show log of font listing and opening.
18761 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18762 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18763
18764 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18765
18766 ;;;***
18767 \f
18768 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18769 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18770 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18771 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18772 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18773 ;;;;;; (20577 7556 49770 693000))
18774 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18775
18776 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18777 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18778
18779 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18780 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18781
18782 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18783 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18784
18785 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18786
18787 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18788 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18789 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18790 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18791 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18792 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18793 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18794
18795 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18796 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18797 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18798 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18799 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18800 middle of a character in STR.
18801
18802 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18803 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18804
18805 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18806 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18807 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18808 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18809 defaults to \"...\".
18810
18811 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18812
18813 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18814 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18815
18816 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18817 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18818 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18819
18820 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18821 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18822 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18823
18824 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18825 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18826 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18827 are considered.
18828 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18829 longer than KEYSEQ.
18830 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18831
18832 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18833
18834 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18835 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18836 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18837 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18838 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18839 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18840 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18841 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18842 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18843 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18844 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18845
18846 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18847
18848 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18849 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18850
18851 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18852
18853 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18854 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18855
18856 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18857
18858 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18859 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18860
18861 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18862
18863 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18864 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18865
18866 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18867
18868 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18869 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18870 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18871 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18872 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18873
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18875 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18876
18877 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18878 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18879 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18880 coding systems ordered by priority.
18881
18882 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18883
18884 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18885
18886 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18887 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18888 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18889 language environment LANG-ENV.
18890
18891 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18892
18893 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18894 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18895 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18896 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18897 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18898 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18899
18900 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18901
18902 ;;;***
18903 \f
18904 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add advice--add-function
18905 ;;;;;; add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18906 ;;;;;; "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20652 52617 313760 0))
18907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18908
18909 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18910
18911
18912 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18915 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18916
18917 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18918
18919 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18920 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18921 FUNCTION describes the code to add. WHERE describes where to add it.
18922 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18923 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18924 call OLDFUN here:
18925 `:before' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18926 `:after' (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18927 `:around' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18928 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18929 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18930 `:after-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18931 `:after-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18932 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18933 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18934 a special meaning:
18935 - `name': a string or symbol. It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18936
18937 PLACE cannot be a simple variable. Instead it should either be
18938 \(default-value 'VAR) or (local 'VAR) depending on whether FUNCTION
18939 should be applied to VAR buffer-locally or globally.
18940
18941 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18942 is also interactive. There are 3 cases:
18943 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18944 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18945 argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18946 `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18947 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18948
18949 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18950
18951 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18952
18953
18954 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18955
18956 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18957 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18958 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18959 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18960
18961 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18962
18963 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18964 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18965 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18966 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18967 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18968 of the piece of advice.
18969
18970 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18973 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18974 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18975 of the piece of advice.
18976
18977 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18978
18979 ;;;***
18980 \f
18981 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18982 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18983 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18984 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20533
18985 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
18986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18987
18988 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18989 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18990
18991 \(fn)" t nil)
18992
18993 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18994 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18995
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18997
18998 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18999 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19000
19001 \(fn)" t nil)
19002
19003 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19004 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19005
19006 \(fn)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19009 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19014 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19015
19016 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19017
19018 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19019 Ping HOST.
19020 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19021 `ping-program-options'.
19022
19023 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19024
19025 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19026 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19027
19028 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19029
19030 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19031 Run nslookup program.
19032
19033 \(fn)" t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19036 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19037
19038 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19039
19040 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19041 Run dig program.
19042
19043 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19044
19045 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19046 Run ftp program.
19047
19048 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19049
19050 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19051 Finger USER on HOST.
19052
19053 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19054
19055 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19056 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19057 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19058 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19059
19060 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19061
19062 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19063
19064
19065 \(fn)" t nil)
19066
19067 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19068 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19069
19070 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19071
19072 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19073 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19074
19075 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19076
19077 ;;;***
19078 \f
19079 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20533
19080 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
19081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19082
19083 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19084 Return a user name/password pair.
19085 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19086 listed in the PORTS list.
19087
19088 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091 \f
19092 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19093 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19095
19096 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19097 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19098 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19099 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19100 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19101 closes it.
19102
19103 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19104 make it unique.
19105 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19106 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19107 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19108 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19109 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19110 a port number to connect to.
19111
19112 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19113 values:
19114
19115 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19116 nil or `network'
19117 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19118 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19119 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19120 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19121 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19122 an unencrypted connection.
19123 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19124 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19125 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19126 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19127 returned object is a killed process.
19128 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19129 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19130 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19131
19132 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19133 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19134 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19135 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19136 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19137 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19138 or nil if none could be found.
19139 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19140 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19141
19142 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19143
19144 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19145 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19146 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19147
19148 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19149 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19150 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19151
19152 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19153 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19154 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19155
19156 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19157 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19158 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19159 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19160
19161 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19162 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19163
19164 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19165 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19166 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19167 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19168 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19169 or STARTTLS connections.
19170
19171 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19172 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19173
19174 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19175 asynchronously, if possible.
19176
19177 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19178
19179 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19180
19181 ;;;***
19182 \f
19183 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19184 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20576 15743 119920 938000))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19186
19187 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19188 Check whether newsticker is running.
19189 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19190 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19191
19192 \(fn)" nil nil)
19193
19194 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19195 Start the newsticker.
19196 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19197 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19198 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19199 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19200
19201 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19202
19203 ;;;***
19204 \f
19205 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19206 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19208
19209 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19210 Start newsticker plainview.
19211
19212 \(fn)" t nil)
19213
19214 ;;;***
19215 \f
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19217 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19218 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19219
19220 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19221 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19222
19223 \(fn)" t nil)
19224
19225 ;;;***
19226 \f
19227 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19228 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20533 50312 678915
19229 ;;;;;; 0))
19230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19231
19232 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19233 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19234 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19235 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19236 empty.
19237
19238 \(fn)" nil nil)
19239
19240 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19241 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19242 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19243 running already.
19244
19245 \(fn)" t nil)
19246
19247 ;;;***
19248 \f
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19250 ;;;;;; (20590 37036 437844 0))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19252
19253 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19254 Start newsticker treeview.
19255
19256 \(fn)" t nil)
19257
19258 ;;;***
19259 \f
19260 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19261 ;;;;;; (20615 22847 537904 0))
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19263
19264 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19265 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19266
19267 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19268
19269 ;;;***
19270 \f
19271 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20533
19272 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19274
19275 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19276 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19277 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19278 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19279 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19280 symbol in the alist.
19281
19282 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19283
19284 ;;;***
19285 \f
19286 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19287 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19289
19290 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19291 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19292 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19293
19294 \(fn)" t nil)
19295
19296 ;;;***
19297 \f
19298 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19299 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19301
19302 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19303 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19304
19305 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19306
19307 ;;;***
19308 \f
19309 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19310 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20566 45824 34603 301000))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19312
19313 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19314
19315 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19316 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19317 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19318
19319 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19320
19321
19322 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19323
19324 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19325 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19326 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19327 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19328 to future sessions.
19329
19330 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19333 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19334 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19335 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19336 future sessions.
19337
19338 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19339
19340 ;;;***
19341 \f
19342 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19343 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19345
19346 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19347 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19348 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19349 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19350 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19351 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19352
19353 \(fn)" t nil)
19354
19355 ;;;***
19356 \f
19357 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19358 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19359 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19360
19361 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19362 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19363 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19364 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19365
19366 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19367
19368 ;;;***
19369 \f
19370 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20533
19371 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
19372 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19373
19374 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19375 Major mode for editing XML.
19376
19377 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19378 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19379 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19380 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19381 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19382 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19383 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19384
19385 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19386
19387 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19388 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19389
19390 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19391 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19392 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19393 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19394 instead of C-c.
19395
19396 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19397 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19398 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19399 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19400 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19401 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19402
19403 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19404 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19405 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19406
19407 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19408 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19409 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19410
19411 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19412 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19413 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19414 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19415 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19416 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19417 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19418 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19419 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19420
19421 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19422
19423 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19424 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19425
19426 \(fn)" t nil)
19427
19428 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19429
19430 ;;;***
19431 \f
19432 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19433 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
19434 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19435
19436 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19437 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19438 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19439 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19440
19441 \(fn)" t nil)
19442
19443 ;;;***
19444 \f
19445 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19446 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19448
19449 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19450 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19451 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19452
19453 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19454
19455 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19456 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19457
19458 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19459 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19460 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19461
19462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19463
19464 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19465
19466 ;;;***
19467 \f
19468 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19469 ;;;;;; (20566 45245 150579 485000))
19470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19471
19472 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19473 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19474
19475 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19476 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19477 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19478 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19479
19480 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19481 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19482 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19483 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19484 is why you need this mode!).
19485
19486 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19487 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19488 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19489
19490 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19491
19492 Keybindings
19493 ===========
19494
19495 \\{octave-mode-map}
19496
19497 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19498 ==============================================
19499
19500 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19501 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19502 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19503
19504 `octave-block-offset'
19505 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19506 Default is 2.
19507
19508 `octave-continuation-offset'
19509 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19510 Default is 4.
19511
19512 `octave-continuation-string'
19513 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19514 Default is a backslash.
19515
19516 `octave-send-echo-input'
19517 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19518 command to the inferior Octave process.
19519
19520 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19521 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19522 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19523
19524 `octave-send-echo-input'
19525 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19526
19527 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19528
19529 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19530 following lines to your init file:
19531
19532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19533
19534 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19535 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19536
19537 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19538 (lambda ()
19539 (abbrev-mode 1)
19540 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19541
19542 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19543 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19544 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19545 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19546
19547 \(fn)" t nil)
19548
19549 ;;;***
19550 \f
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19552 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19553 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19554 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19555 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19556 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19557 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20619 27099 673959 0))
19558 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19559
19560 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19561 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19562
19563 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19564
19565 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19566 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19567 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19568 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19569 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19570
19571 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19572
19573 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19574 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19575
19576 \(fn)" nil nil)
19577
19578 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19579 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19580
19581 \(fn)" nil nil)
19582
19583 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19584 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19585 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19586
19587 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19588 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19589 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19590 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19591 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19592 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19593 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19594 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19595 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19596 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19597
19598 The following commands are available:
19599
19600 \\{org-mode-map}
19601
19602 \(fn)" t nil)
19603
19604 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19605 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19606
19607 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19608 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19609 in special contexts.
19610
19611 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19612 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19613 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19614 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19615 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19616 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19617 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19618 properties in the buffer.
19619 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19620 including any drawers.
19621
19622 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19623
19624 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19625 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19626 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19627 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19628 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19629 and zoom in further.
19630 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19631 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19632
19633 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19634 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19635 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19636 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19637 times right after creating a new headline.
19638
19639 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19640 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19641 is negative, go up that many levels.
19642
19643 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19644 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19645 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19646
19647 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19648 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19649 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19650 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19651
19652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19653
19654 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19655 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19656 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19657 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19658
19659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19660
19661 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19662 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19663 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19664 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19665 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19666 defined by Org-mode).
19667
19668 M-up Move entry/item up
19669 M-down Move entry/item down
19670 M-left Promote
19671 M-right Demote
19672 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19673 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19674 M-S-left Promote subtree
19675 M-S-right Demote subtree
19676 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19677 C-c ^ Sort entries
19678 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19679 TAB Cycle item visibility
19680 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19681 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19682 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19683
19684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19685
19686 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19687 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19688
19689 \(fn)" nil nil)
19690
19691 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19692 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19693
19694 \(fn)" nil nil)
19695
19696 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19697 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19698 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19699 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19700 call CMD.
19701
19702 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19703
19704 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19705 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19706 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19707 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19708
19709 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19710 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19711 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19712
19713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19714
19715 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19716 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19717 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19718
19719 \(fn)" t nil)
19720
19721 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19722 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19723 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19724 Org-mode syntax.
19725
19726 \(fn)" t nil)
19727
19728 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19729 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19730
19731 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19732
19733 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19734 Switch between Org buffers.
19735 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19736 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19737
19738 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19739 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19740
19741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19742
19743 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19744
19745 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19746
19747 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19748 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19749 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19750 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19751
19752 \(fn)" t nil)
19753
19754 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19755 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19756
19757 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19758
19759 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19760 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19761 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19762
19763 \(fn)" t nil)
19764
19765 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19766 Reload all org lisp files.
19767 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19768
19769 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19770
19771 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19772 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19773
19774 \(fn)" t nil)
19775
19776 ;;;***
19777 \f
19778 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19779 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19780 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19781 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19782 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19783 ;;;;;; (20619 27099 673959 0))
19784 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19785
19786 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19787 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19788
19789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19790
19791 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19792 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19793 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19794 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19795
19796 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19797 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19798 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19799 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19800 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19801 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19802 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19803 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19804 e Export views to associated files.
19805 s Search entries for keywords.
19806 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19807 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19808 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19809 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19810 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19811 > Remove a previous restriction.
19812 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19813 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19814 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19815
19816 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19817 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19818 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19819
19820 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19821 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19822 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19823 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19824 \(if active).
19825
19826 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19827
19828 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19829 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19830 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19831 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19832 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19833 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19834 before running the agenda command.
19835
19836 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19837
19838 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19839 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19840 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19841 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19842 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19843 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19844 before running the agenda command.
19845
19846 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19847 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19848
19849 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19850
19851 category The category of the item
19852 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19853 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19854 todo selected in TODO match
19855 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19856 diary imported from diary
19857 deadline a deadline on given date
19858 scheduled scheduled on given date
19859 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19860 closed entry was closed on given date
19861 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19862 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19863 block entry has date block including g. date
19864 todo The todo keyword, if any
19865 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19866 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19867 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19868 extra Sting with extra planning info
19869 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19870 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19871 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19872
19873 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19876
19877
19878 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19879
19880 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19881 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19882
19883 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19884
19885 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19886 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19887 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19888 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19889
19890 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19891 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19892 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19893
19894 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19895 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19896
19897 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19900 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19901
19902 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19903 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19904 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19905 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19906 EDIT-AT.
19907
19908 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19909 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19910 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19911 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19912 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19913 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19914
19915 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19916 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19917 including newlines.
19918
19919 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19920 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19921 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19922 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19923 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19924 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19925 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19926
19927 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19928 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19929 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19930 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19931
19932 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19933 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19934 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19935 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19936 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19937 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19938 Boolean search must match as full words.
19939
19940 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19941 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19942
19943 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19944
19945 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19946 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19947 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19948 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19949 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19950 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19951
19952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19953
19954 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19955 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19956 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19957
19958 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19959
19960 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19961 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19962 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19963 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19964 `org-stuck-projects'.
19965
19966 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19969 Return diary information from org files.
19970 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19971 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19972 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19973 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19974 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19975
19976 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19977
19978 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19979
19980 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19981 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19982
19983 &%%(org-diary)
19984
19985 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19986 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19987 So the example above may also be written as
19988
19989 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19990
19991 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19992 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19993 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19994
19995 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19996
19997 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19998 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19999 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20000
20001 \(fn)" t nil)
20002
20003 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20004 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20005 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20006 appointments.
20007
20008 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20009 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20010
20011 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20012 for filtering entries out.
20013
20014 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20015 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20016 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20017
20018 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20019 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20020
20021 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20022 (category \"Work\"))
20023
20024 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20025 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20026
20027 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20028 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20029 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20030 details and examples.
20031
20032 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20033 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20034
20035 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20036
20037 ;;;***
20038 \f
20039 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20040 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20619 27099 673959 0))
20041 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20042
20043 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20044 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20045 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20046 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20047 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
20048 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20049 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20050 in org-export-latex-classes.
20051
20052 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20055 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20056
20057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20058
20059 ;;;***
20060 \f
20061 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20062 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20619
20063 ;;;;;; 27099 673959 0))
20064 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20065
20066 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20067
20068
20069 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20070
20071 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20072 Capture something.
20073 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20074 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20075 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20076 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20077 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20078 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20079
20080 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20081 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20082 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20083 stored.
20084
20085 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20086
20087 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20088 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20089 will be bypassed.
20090
20091 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20092 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20093
20094 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20095
20096 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20097 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20098
20099 \(fn)" t nil)
20100
20101 ;;;***
20102 \f
20103 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20104 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20619 27099
20105 ;;;;;; 673959 0))
20106 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20107
20108 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20109 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20110 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20111
20112 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20113
20114 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20115 Write the column view table.
20116 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20117
20118 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20119 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20120 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20121 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20122 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20123 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20124 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20125 using `org-id-find'.
20126 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20127 a hline before each level <= that number.
20128 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20129 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20130 :skip-empty-rows
20131 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20132 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20133
20134 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20135
20136 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20137 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20138
20139 \(fn)" t nil)
20140
20141 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20142 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20143
20144 \(fn)" t nil)
20145
20146 ;;;***
20147 \f
20148 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20149 ;;;;;; (20619 27099 673959 0))
20150 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20151
20152 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20153 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20154
20155 \(fn)" nil t)
20156
20157 ;;;***
20158 \f
20159 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20160 ;;;;;; (20619 27099 673959 0))
20161 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20162
20163 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20164 The release version of org-mode.
20165 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20166
20167 \(fn)" nil nil)
20168
20169 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20170 The Git version of org-mode.
20171 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20172
20173 \(fn)" nil nil)
20174
20175 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20176 The location of ODT styles.")
20177
20178 ;;;***
20179 \f
20180 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20181 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
20182 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20183 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20184 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20185
20186 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20187 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20188 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20189 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20190
20191 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20192 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20193 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20194 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20195
20196 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20197 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20198 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20199 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20200 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20201 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20202
20203 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20204 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20205 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20206
20207 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20208 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20209 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20210 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20211 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20212 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20213 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20214 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20215 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20216 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20217 The subheadings remain visible.
20218 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20219
20220 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20221 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20222 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20223
20224 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20225 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20226
20227 \(fn)" t nil)
20228
20229 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20230 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20234
20235 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20236
20237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20238 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20239
20240 ;;;***
20241 \f
20242 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20243 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20244 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20245 ;;;;;; (20622 16646 799433 0))
20246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20247
20248 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20249 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20250 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20251 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20252 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20253
20254 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20255 activate the package system at any time.")
20256
20257 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20258
20259 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20260 Install the package named NAME.
20261 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20262 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20263
20264 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20265
20266 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20267 Install a package from the current buffer.
20268 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20269 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20270 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20271
20272 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20273 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20274 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20275
20276 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20277
20278 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20279 Install a package from a file.
20280 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20281
20282 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20283
20284 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20285 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20286 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20287 makes them available for download.
20288
20289 \(fn)" t nil)
20290
20291 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20292 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20293 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20294 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20295
20296 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20297
20298 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20299 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20300
20301 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20302
20303 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20304 Display a list of packages.
20305 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20306 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20307 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20308
20309 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20310
20311 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20312
20313 ;;;***
20314 \f
20315 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20542 54621
20316 ;;;;;; 56606 0))
20317 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20318
20319 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20320 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20321 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20324 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20325
20326 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20327
20328 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20329 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20332 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20333
20334 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20335 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20336 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20337
20338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20339
20340 ;;;***
20341 \f
20342 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20343 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20345 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20346
20347 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20348 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20349 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20350 unknown are returned as nil.
20351
20352 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20353
20354 ;;;***
20355 \f
20356 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20533
20357 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20359
20360 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20361 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20362 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20363
20364 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20365 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20366
20367 Other useful functions are:
20368
20369 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20370 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20371 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20372 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20373 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20374 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20375 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20376 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20377 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20378
20379 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20380
20381 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20382 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20383 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20384 Indentation for case statements.
20385 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20386 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20387 mark after an end.
20388 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20389 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20390 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20391 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20392 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20393 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20394 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20395 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20396 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20397 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20398
20399 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20400 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20401
20402 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20403 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20404
20405 \(fn)" t nil)
20406
20407 ;;;***
20408 \f
20409 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20410 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20576 15327 199903
20411 ;;;;;; 603000))
20412 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20413
20414 (defvar password-cache t "\
20415 Whether to cache passwords.")
20416
20417 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20418
20419 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20420 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20421 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20422
20423 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20424
20425 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20426 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20427
20428 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20429
20430 ;;;***
20431 \f
20432 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20433 ;;;;;; (20584 355 183605 0))
20434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20435
20436 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20437 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20438 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20439
20440 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20441 _ matches anything.
20442 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20443 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20444 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20445 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20446 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20447 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20448 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20449 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20450 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20451 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20452
20453 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20454 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20455 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20456 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20457 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20458 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20459
20460 PRED can take the form
20461 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20462 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20463 which is the value being matched.
20464 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20465 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20466 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20467 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20468 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20469
20470 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20471
20472 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20475 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20476 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20477 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20478
20479 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20480
20481 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20484 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20485 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20486 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20487
20488 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20489
20490 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20491
20492 ;;;***
20493 \f
20494 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20533
20495 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
20496 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20497
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20499 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20500
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20502
20503 ;;;***
20504 \f
20505 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20506 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20571 55599 814625 0))
20507 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20508
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20510 Completion for `gzip'.
20511
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20513
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20515 Completion for `bzip2'.
20516
20517 \(fn)" nil nil)
20518
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20520 Completion for GNU `make'.
20521
20522 \(fn)" nil nil)
20523
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20525 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20530
20531 ;;;***
20532 \f
20533 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20534 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
20535 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20536
20537 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20538 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20539
20540 \(fn)" nil nil)
20541
20542 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20543 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20544
20545 \(fn)" nil nil)
20546
20547 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20548 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20549
20550 \(fn)" nil nil)
20551
20552 ;;;***
20553 \f
20554 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20533
20555 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
20556 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20557
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20559 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20560
20561 \(fn)" nil nil)
20562
20563 ;;;***
20564 \f
20565 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20566 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20567 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20533 50312 678915
20568 ;;;;;; 0))
20569 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20570
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20572 Completion for `cd'.
20573
20574 \(fn)" nil nil)
20575
20576 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20577
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20579 Completion for `rmdir'.
20580
20581 \(fn)" nil nil)
20582
20583 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20584 Completion for `rm'.
20585
20586 \(fn)" nil nil)
20587
20588 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20589 Completion for `xargs'.
20590
20591 \(fn)" nil nil)
20592
20593 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20594
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20596 Completion for `which'.
20597
20598 \(fn)" nil nil)
20599
20600 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20601 Completion for the `chown' command.
20602
20603 \(fn)" nil nil)
20604
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20606 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20607
20608 \(fn)" nil nil)
20609
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20611 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20612
20613 \(fn)" nil nil)
20614
20615 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20616 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20617 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20618
20619 \(fn)" nil nil)
20620
20621 ;;;***
20622 \f
20623 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20624 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20625 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20652
20626 ;;;;;; 52617 313760 0))
20627 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20628
20629 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20630 Support extensible programmable completion.
20631 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20632 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20633
20634 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20635
20636 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20637 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20638
20639 \(fn)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20642 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20643 This will modify the current buffer.
20644
20645 \(fn)" t nil)
20646
20647 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20648 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20649
20650 \(fn)" t nil)
20651
20652 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20653 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20654 This will modify the current buffer.
20655
20656 \(fn)" t nil)
20657
20658 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20659 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20660
20661 \(fn)" t nil)
20662
20663 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20664 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20665
20666 \(fn)" t nil)
20667
20668 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20669 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20670 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20671 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20672 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20673
20674 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20675
20676 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20677 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20678
20679 \(fn)" nil nil)
20680
20681 ;;;***
20682 \f
20683 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20684 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20685 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20584 355 183605 0))
20686 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20687
20688 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20689 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20690 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20691 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20692
20693 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20694
20695 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20696
20697 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20698 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20699 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20700 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20701 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20702 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20703 FLAGS is ignored.
20704
20705 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20706
20707 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20708 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20709 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20710 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20711 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20712 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20713 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20714 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20715
20716 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20717
20718 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20719 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20720 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20721 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20722 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20723 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20724 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20725 passed to cvs.
20726
20727 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20728
20729 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20730 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20731 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20732 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20733 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20734 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20735 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20736
20737 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20738
20739 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20740 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20741 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20742
20743 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20744
20745 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20746 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20747 A value of nil means never do it.
20748 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20749 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20750 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20751
20752 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20753
20754 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20755 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20756 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20757
20758 ;;;***
20759 \f
20760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20576 19280
20761 ;;;;;; 28070 497000))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20763
20764 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20765 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20766
20767 ;;;***
20768 \f
20769 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20770 ;;;;;; (20665 36903 324706 553000))
20771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20772 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20773 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20774 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20775 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20776 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20777 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20778
20779 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20780 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20781 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20782 Tab indents for Perl code.
20783 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20784 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20785 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20786 \\{perl-mode-map}
20787 Variables controlling indentation style:
20788 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20789 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20790 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20791 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20792 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20793 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20794 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20795 `perl-nochange'
20796 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20797 `perl-indent-level'
20798 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20799 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20800 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20801 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20802 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20803 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20804 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20805 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20806 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20807 `perl-brace-offset'
20808 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20809 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20810 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20811 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20812 `perl-label-offset'
20813 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20814 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20815 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20816
20817 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20818 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20819 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20820 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20821 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20822 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20823 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20824
20825 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20826
20827 \(fn)" t nil)
20828
20829 ;;;***
20830 \f
20831 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20832 ;;;;;; (20552 25066 479417 0))
20833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20834
20835 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20836 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20837 \\<picture-mode-map>
20838 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20839 afterwards settable by these commands:
20840
20841 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20842 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20843 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20844 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20845
20846 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20847 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20848 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20849 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20850
20851 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20852 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20853 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20854 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20855
20856 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20857 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20858 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20859 with these commands:
20860
20861 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20862 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20863 Move to column following last
20864 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20865 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20866 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20867 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20868 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20869 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20870
20871 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20872
20873 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20874 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20875 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20876 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20877 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20878 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20879
20880 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20881 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20882 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20883 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20884 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20885 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20886 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20887
20888 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20889 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20890 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20891 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20892 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20893 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20894 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20895 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20896
20897 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20898 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20899 by supplying an argument.
20900
20901 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20902
20903 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20904 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20905
20906 \(fn)" t nil)
20907
20908 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20909
20910 ;;;***
20911 \f
20912 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20913 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
20914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20915
20916 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20917 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20918
20919 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20920
20921 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20922 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20923
20924 \(fn)" t nil)
20925
20926 ;;;***
20927 \f
20928 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20929 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
20930 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20931
20932 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20933 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20934 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20935
20936 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20937
20938 ;;;***
20939 \f
20940 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20533 50312 678915
20941 ;;;;;; 0))
20942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20943
20944 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20945 Play pong and waste time.
20946 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20947 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20948
20949 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20950
20951 \\{pong-mode-map}
20952
20953 \(fn)" t nil)
20954
20955 ;;;***
20956 \f
20957 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20647 7982
20958 ;;;;;; 429263 0))
20959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20960
20961 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20962 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20963 Use streaming commands.
20964
20965 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20966
20967 ;;;***
20968 \f
20969 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20970 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20971 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
20972 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20973
20974 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20975 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20976 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20977 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20978
20979 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20980
20981 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20982 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20983
20984 \(fn)" nil nil)
20985
20986 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20987 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20988 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20989 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20990 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20991
20992 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20993
20994 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20995 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20996 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20997
20998 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20999
21000 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21001 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21002
21003 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21004
21005 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21006 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21007 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21008 Ignores leading comment characters.
21009
21010 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21011
21012 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21013 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21014 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21015 Ignores leading comment characters.
21016
21017 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21018
21019 ;;;***
21020 \f
21021 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21022 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21023 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21024 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21025 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21026 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21027 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21028 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21029 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21030 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21031 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21032 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21033 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21034 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21035 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21036 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21037 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21038 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21039 ;;;;;; (20648 29678 511980 0))
21040 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21041
21042 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21043 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21044
21045 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21046
21047 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21048
21049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21052 Preview directory using ghostview.
21053
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21055 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21056 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21057 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21058
21059 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21060 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21061 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21062 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21063 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21064 file name.
21065
21066 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21067
21068 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21069
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21071 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21072
21073 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21074 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21075 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21076 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21077
21078 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21079 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21080 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21081 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21082 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21083 file name.
21084
21085 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21086
21087 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21090 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21091
21092 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21093 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21094 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21095 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21096
21097 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21098 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21099 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21100 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21101 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21102 file name.
21103
21104 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21105
21106 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21107
21108 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21109 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21110
21111 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21112
21113 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21114 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21115 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21116 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21117
21118 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21119 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21120 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21121 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21122 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21123 file name.
21124
21125 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21126
21127 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21128
21129 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21130 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21131
21132 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21133 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21134 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21135
21136 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21137 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21138 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21139 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21140
21141 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21144 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21145
21146 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21147 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21148 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21149
21150 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21151 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21152 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21153 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21154
21155 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21158 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21159
21160 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21161 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21162 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21163
21164 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21165 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21166 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21167 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21168
21169 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21170
21171 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21172 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21173
21174 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21175
21176 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21177 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21178 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21179
21180 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21181 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21182 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21183 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21184
21185 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21186
21187 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21188 Preview region using ghostview.
21189
21190 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21191
21192 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21195 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21196
21197 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21198
21199 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21202 Print region using PostScript printer.
21203
21204 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21205
21206 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21209 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21210
21211 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21212
21213 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21214
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21216 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21217
21218 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21219
21220 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21221
21222 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21223 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21224
21225 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21226
21227 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21230 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21231
21232 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21233
21234 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21237 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21238
21239 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21240
21241 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21242
21243 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21244 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21245 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21246 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21247
21248 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21249 matching.
21250
21251 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21252 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21253
21254 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21255
21256 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21257
21258 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21259 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21260 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21261 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21262
21263 \(fn)" t nil)
21264
21265 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21266 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21267 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21268 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21269
21270 \(fn)" t nil)
21271
21272 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21273 Print directory using text printer.
21274
21275 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21276 matching.
21277
21278 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21279 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21280
21281 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21282
21283 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21286 Print buffer using text printer.
21287
21288 \(fn)" t nil)
21289
21290 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21291 Print region using text printer.
21292
21293 \(fn)" t nil)
21294
21295 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21296 Print major mode using text printer.
21297
21298 \(fn)" t nil)
21299
21300 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21301 Preview spooled PostScript.
21302
21303 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21304 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21305 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21306
21307 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21308 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21309 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21310
21311 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21314 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21315
21316 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21317 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21318 instead of sending it to the printer.
21319
21320 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21321 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21322 image in a file with that name.
21323
21324 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21327 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21328
21329 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21330 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21331 instead of sending it to the printer.
21332
21333 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21334 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21335 image in a file with that name.
21336
21337 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21340 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21341
21342 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21343 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21344 instead of sending it to the printer.
21345
21346 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21347 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21348 image in a file with that name.
21349
21350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21353 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21354
21355 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21358 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21359
21360 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21363 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21364
21365 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21368 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21369
21370 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21373 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21374
21375 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21378 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21379
21380 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21381 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21382 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21383 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21384
21385 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21386 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21387 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21388 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21389 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21390 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21391 file name.
21392
21393 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21394
21395 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21396 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21397
21398 \(fn)" t nil)
21399
21400 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21401 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21402
21403 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21404 right.
21405 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21406 bottom.
21407
21408 \(fn)" t nil)
21409
21410 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21411 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21412
21413 \(fn)" t nil)
21414
21415 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21416 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21417
21418 \(fn)" t nil)
21419
21420 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21421 Toggle printing with faces.
21422
21423 \(fn)" t nil)
21424
21425 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21426 Toggle spooling.
21427
21428 \(fn)" t nil)
21429
21430 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21431 Toggle duplex.
21432
21433 \(fn)" t nil)
21434
21435 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21436 Toggle tumble.
21437
21438 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21439 right.
21440 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21441 bottom.
21442
21443 \(fn)" t nil)
21444
21445 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21446 Toggle landscape.
21447
21448 \(fn)" t nil)
21449
21450 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21451 Toggle upside-down.
21452
21453 \(fn)" t nil)
21454
21455 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21456 Toggle line number.
21457
21458 \(fn)" t nil)
21459
21460 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21461 Toggle zebra stripes.
21462
21463 \(fn)" t nil)
21464
21465 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21466 Toggle printing header.
21467
21468 \(fn)" t nil)
21469
21470 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21471 Toggle printing header frame.
21472
21473 \(fn)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21476 Toggle menu lock.
21477
21478 \(fn)" t nil)
21479
21480 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21481 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21482
21483 \(fn)" t nil)
21484
21485 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21486 Toggle auto mode.
21487
21488 \(fn)" t nil)
21489
21490 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21491 Customization of the `printing' group.
21492
21493 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21494
21495 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21496 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21497
21498 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21501 Help for the printing package.
21502
21503 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21506 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21507
21508 \(fn)" t nil)
21509
21510 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21511 Interactively select a text printer.
21512
21513 \(fn)" t nil)
21514
21515 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21516 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21517
21518 \(fn)" t nil)
21519
21520 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21521 Show current ps-print settings.
21522
21523 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21526 Show current printing settings.
21527
21528 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21529
21530 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21531 Show current lpr settings.
21532
21533 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21534
21535 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21536 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21537
21538 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21539 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21540 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21541 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21542
21543
21544 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21545
21546 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21547 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21548 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21549
21550 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21551 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21552 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21553 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21554 current active printer.
21555
21556 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21557 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21558 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21559 printer.
21560
21561 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21562 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21563 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21564 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21565 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21566
21567
21568 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21569 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21570
21571 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21572
21573 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21574 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21575 be done using the new current active printer.
21576
21577 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21578 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21579 printer.
21580
21581 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21582 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21583 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21584 instead of sending it to the printer.
21585
21586 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21587 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21588 printer.
21589
21590 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21591
21592
21593 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21594 are both set to t.
21595
21596 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21597
21598 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21599 Fast fire function for text printing.
21600
21601 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21602 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21603 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21604 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21605
21606 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21607 user for a new active text printer.
21608
21609 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21610
21611 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21612
21613 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21614 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21615 printer.
21616
21617 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21618
21619 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21620 are both set to t.
21621
21622 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21623
21624 ;;;***
21625 \f
21626 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20594 14884 858174
21627 ;;;;;; 0))
21628 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21629
21630 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21631 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21632 \\<proced-mode-map>
21633 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21634 the process information.
21635
21636 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21637
21638 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21639 Proced buffers.
21640
21641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21642
21643 ;;;***
21644 \f
21645 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21646 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21647 ;;;;;; (20650 61396 673885 0))
21648 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21649
21650 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21651 Start/restart profilers.
21652 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21653 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21654 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21655
21656 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21657
21658 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21659 Open profile FILENAME.
21660
21661 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21664 Open profile FILENAME.
21665
21666 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21667
21668 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21669 Open profile FILENAME.
21670
21671 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21672
21673 ;;;***
21674 \f
21675 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21676 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20576 17486 923994 745000))
21677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21678
21679 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21680 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21681
21682 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21683 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21684
21685 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21686
21687 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21688 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21689
21690 Commands:
21691 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21692 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21693 if that value is non-nil.
21694
21695 \(fn)" t nil)
21696
21697 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21698 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21699 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21700
21701 \(fn)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21704 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21705 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21706
21707 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21708
21709 ;;;***
21710 \f
21711 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20652
21712 ;;;;;; 52617 313760 0))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21714
21715 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21716 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21717 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21718
21719 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21720
21721 ;;;***
21722 \f
21723 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20576
21724 ;;;;;; 17495 155995 39000))
21725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21726
21727 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21728 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21729
21730 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21731
21732 The following variables hold user options, and can
21733 be set through the `customize' command:
21734
21735 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21736 `ps-mode-tab'
21737 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21738 `ps-mode-print-function'
21739 `ps-run-prompt'
21740 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21741 `ps-run-x'
21742 `ps-run-dumb'
21743 `ps-run-init'
21744 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21745 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21746
21747 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21748
21749
21750 \\{ps-mode-map}
21751
21752
21753 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21754 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21755 The keymap for this second window is:
21756
21757 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21758
21759
21760 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21761 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21762 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21763 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21764 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21765
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21767
21768 ;;;***
21769 \f
21770 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21771 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21772 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21773 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21774 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21775 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20566
21776 ;;;;;; 45755 958602 756000))
21777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21778
21779 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21780 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21781 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21782
21783 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21784
21785 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21786 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21787 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21788 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21789
21790 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21791
21792 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21793 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21794
21795 Valid values are:
21796
21797 nil Do not print colors.
21798
21799 t Print colors.
21800
21801 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21802 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21803
21804 Any other value is treated as t.")
21805
21806 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21807
21808 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21809 Customization of ps-print group.
21810
21811 \(fn)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21814 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21815
21816 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21817 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21818 sending it to the printer.
21819
21820 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21821 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21822 image in a file with that name.
21823
21824 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21825
21826 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21827 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21828 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21829 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21830 so it has a way to determine color values.
21831
21832 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21833
21834 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21835 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21836 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21837
21838 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21839
21840 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21841 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21842 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21843 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21844 so it has a way to determine color values.
21845
21846 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21847
21848 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21849 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21850 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21851 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21852
21853 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21854
21855 \(fn)" t nil)
21856
21857 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21858 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21859 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21860 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21861 so it has a way to determine color values.
21862
21863 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21864
21865 \(fn)" t nil)
21866
21867 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21868 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21869 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21870
21871 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21872
21873 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21874
21875 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21876 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21877 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21878 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21879 so it has a way to determine color values.
21880
21881 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21882
21883 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21884
21885 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21886 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21887
21888 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21889 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21890 instead of sending it to the printer.
21891
21892 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21893 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21894 image in a file with that name.
21895
21896 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21897
21898 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21899 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21900 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21901 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21902 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21903
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21905
21906 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21907 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21908 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21909
21910 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21911
21912 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21913 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21914 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21915
21916 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21917
21918 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21919 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21920
21921 \(fn)" nil nil)
21922
21923 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21924 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21925
21926 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21927 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21928
21929 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21930 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21931
21932 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21933
21934 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21935
21936 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21937
21938 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21939 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21940
21941 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21942 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21943
21944 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21945 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21946
21947 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21948
21949 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21950
21951 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21952
21953 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21954 foreground and background colors respectively.
21955
21956 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21957 bold - use bold font.
21958 italic - use italic font.
21959 underline - put a line under text.
21960 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21961 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21962 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21963 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21964 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21965
21966 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21967
21968 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21969
21970 ;;;***
21971 \f
21972 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21973 ;;;;;; (20660 26176 137583 0))
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21975
21976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21977
21978 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21979
21980 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21981 Run an inferior Python process.
21982 Input and output via buffer named after
21983 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21984 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21985
21986 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21987 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21988 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21989 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21990
21991 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21992 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21993 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21994
21995 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21996
21997 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21998 Major mode for editing Python files.
21999
22000 \\{python-mode-map}
22001 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
22002 if that value is non-nil.
22003
22004 \(fn)" t nil)
22005
22006 ;;;***
22007 \f
22008 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22009 ;;;;;; (20557 23173 326608 0))
22010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22011
22012 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22013 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22014 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22015 coding-system.
22016
22017 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22018 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22019
22020 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22021 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22022 them into characters should be done separately.
22023
22024 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22025
22026 ;;;***
22027 \f
22028 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22029 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22030 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22031 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22032 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
22033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22034
22035 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22036 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22037
22038 \(fn)" nil nil)
22039
22040 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22041 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22042 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22043
22044 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22045 `quail-activate', which see.
22046
22047 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22048
22049 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22050 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22051 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22052 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22053 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22054 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22055 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22056
22057 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22058 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22059 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22060 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22061 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22062 shown.
22063 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22064
22065 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22066 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22067 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22068 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22069 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22070 list of candidates.
22071
22072 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22073 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22074 command to be called.
22075
22076 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22077 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22078 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22079 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22080
22081 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22082 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22083 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22084 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22085 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22086 to t.
22087
22088 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22089 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22090 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22091 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22092
22093 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22094 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22095 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22096 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22097
22098 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22099 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22100 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22101 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22102 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22103 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22104
22105 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22106 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22107 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22108 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22109 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22110 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22111
22112 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22113 covers Quail translation region.
22114
22115 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22116 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22117 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22118 for it) is inserted.
22119
22120 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22121 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22122 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22123
22124 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22125 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22126 non-Quail commands.
22127
22128 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22129
22130 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22131 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22132
22133 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22134 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22135 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22136 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22137 you type is correctly handled.
22138
22139 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22140
22141 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22142 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22143
22144 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22145 keyboard type.
22146
22147 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22148
22149 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22150 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22151 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22152 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22153 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22154 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22155 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22156 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22157 for the translation.
22158 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22159
22160 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22161 it is used to handle KEY.
22162
22163 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22164 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22165 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22166 the following annotation types are supported.
22167
22168 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22169 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22170
22171 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22172 candidate list.
22173
22174 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22175 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22176 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22177 inserted.
22178
22179 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22180 generated for the following translations.
22181
22182 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22183
22184 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22185 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22186
22187 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22188 which to install MAP.
22189
22190 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22191
22192 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22193
22194 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22195 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22196
22197 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22198 which to install MAP.
22199
22200 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22201
22202 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22203
22204 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22205 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22206 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22207 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22208 a function, or a cons.
22209 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22210 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22211 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22212 for the translation.
22213 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22214 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22215 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22216 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22217 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22218
22219 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22220 it is used to handle KEY.
22221
22222 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22223 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22224 current Quail package.
22225
22226 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22227 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22228
22229 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22230
22231 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22232 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22233
22234 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22235 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22236
22237 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22238
22239 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22240 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22241
22242 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22243
22244 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22245 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22246 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22247 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22248 of the Emacs source tree.
22249
22250 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22251 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22252
22253 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22254 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22255 of each directory.
22256
22257 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22258
22259 ;;;***
22260 \f
22261 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22262 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22263 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20566
22264 ;;;;;; 46668 994639 176000))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22266
22267 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22268 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22269 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22270 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22271
22272 To make use of this do something like:
22273
22274 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22275
22276 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22277
22278 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22279 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22280
22281 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22282 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22283 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22284
22285 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22286
22287 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22288 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22289
22290 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22291
22292 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22293 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22294
22295 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22296 is decided.
22297
22298 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22299
22300 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22301 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22302
22303 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22304 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22305 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22306
22307 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22308
22309 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22310 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22311
22312 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22313
22314 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22315 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22316
22317 \(fn)" t nil)
22318
22319 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22320 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22321
22322 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22323
22324 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22325
22326 \(fn)" t nil)
22327
22328 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22329 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22330
22331 \(fn)" t nil)
22332
22333 ;;;***
22334 \f
22335 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22336 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20615 22847 537904 0))
22337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22338
22339 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22340 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22341
22342 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22343
22344 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22345
22346 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22347
22348 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22349
22350 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22351
22352
22353 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22354
22355 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22356 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22357 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22360 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22361
22362 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22363
22364 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22365 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22367 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22368 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22369
22370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22371
22372 ;;;***
22373 \f
22374 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20533
22375 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
22376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22377
22378 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22379 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22380 See \\[compile].
22381
22382 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22383
22384 ;;;***
22385 \f
22386 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22387 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22389
22390 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22391
22392 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22393 Construct a regexp interactively.
22394 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22395 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22396 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22397
22398 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22399 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22400
22401 \(fn)" t nil)
22402
22403 ;;;***
22404 \f
22405 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20533 50312
22406 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
22407 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22408
22409 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22410 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22411 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22412 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22413 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22414 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22415
22416 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22417
22418 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22419 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22420 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22421 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22422 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22423
22424 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22425 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22426 were operated on recently.
22427
22428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22429
22430 ;;;***
22431 \f
22432 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22433 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22434 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22435 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22436 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
22437 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22438
22439 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22440 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22441 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22442 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22443 ends.
22444
22445 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22446 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22447 to be deleted.
22448
22449 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22450
22451 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22452 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22453 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22454
22455 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22456 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22457 deleted.
22458
22459 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22460
22461 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22462 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22463 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22464
22465 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22466
22467 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22468 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22469
22470 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22471 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22472
22473 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22474 deleted.
22475
22476 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22477 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22478 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22479 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22480 even beep.)
22481
22482 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22483
22484 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22485 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22486
22487 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22488
22489 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22490 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22491
22492 \(fn)" t nil)
22493
22494 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22495 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22496 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22497 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22498 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22499 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22500 and point is at the lower right corner.
22501
22502 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22503
22504 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22505 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22506
22507 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22508 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22509
22510 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22511 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22512 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22513
22514 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22515
22516 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22517
22518 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22519 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22520 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22521 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22522 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22523
22524 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22525 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22526
22527 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22528
22529 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22530 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22531 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22532
22533 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22534
22535 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22536
22537 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22538
22539 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22540 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22541
22542 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22543 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22544 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22545
22546 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22547
22548 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22549 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22550 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22551
22552 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22553 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22554 rectangle which were empty.
22555
22556 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22557
22558 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22559 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22560
22561 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22562 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22563 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22564 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22565
22566 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22567
22568 ;;;***
22569 \f
22570 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20533
22571 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
22572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22573
22574 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22575 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22577 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22578 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22579
22580 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22581 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22582 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22583 auto-filling.
22584
22585 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22586
22587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22588
22589 ;;;***
22590 \f
22591 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22592 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20660 26176
22593 ;;;;;; 137583 0))
22594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22595
22596 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22597 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22598
22599 \(fn)" nil nil)
22600
22601 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22602 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22603
22604 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22605 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22606
22607 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22608 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22609 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22610 \\ref macro.
22611
22612 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22613 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22614 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22615
22616 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22617 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22618 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22619
22620 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22621 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22622
22623 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22624 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22625
22626 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22627 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22628 on the menu bar.
22629
22630 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22631
22632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22633
22634 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22635 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22636 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22637
22638 \(fn)" nil nil)
22639
22640 ;;;***
22641 \f
22642 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22643 ;;;;;; (20585 2669 263465 0))
22644 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22645
22646 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22647 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22648 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22649 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22650 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22651 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22652
22653 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22654
22655 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22656
22657 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22658 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22659 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22660 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22661 `reftex-cite-format'.
22662
22663 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22664 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22665 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22666 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22667
22668 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22669
22670 ;;;***
22671 \f
22672 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22673 ;;;;;; (20585 2669 263465 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22675
22676 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22677 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22678 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22679 the current TeX document.
22680
22681 With no argument, this command toggles
22682 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22683 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22684
22685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22686
22687 ;;;***
22688 \f
22689 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22690 ;;;;;; (20585 2669 263465 0))
22691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22692
22693 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22694 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22695 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22696
22697 To insert new phrases, use
22698 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22699 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22700
22701 To index phrases use one of:
22702
22703 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22704 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22705 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22706 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22707 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22708
22709 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22710 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22711
22712 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22713
22714 Here are all local bindings.
22715
22716 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22717
22718 \(fn)" t nil)
22719
22720 ;;;***
22721 \f
22722 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (20660 26176 137583 0))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22725
22726 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22727 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22728 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22729 of master file.
22730
22731 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22732
22733 ;;;***
22734 \f
22735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20594
22736 ;;;;;; 14884 858174 0))
22737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22738 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22739 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22740 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22741 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22742
22743 ;;;***
22744 \f
22745 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22746 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22748
22749 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22750 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22751 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22752 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22753 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22754 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22755
22756 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22757 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22758
22759 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22760 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22761 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22762 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22763
22764 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22765
22766 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22767 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22768 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22769 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22770
22771 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22772
22773 ;;;***
22774 \f
22775 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22776 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22777 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
22778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22779
22780 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22781 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22782 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22783 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22784
22785 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22786
22787 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22788
22789 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22790 Call `remember' in another frame.
22791
22792 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22793
22794 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22795 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22796 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22797 application.
22798
22799 \(fn)" t nil)
22800
22801 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22802 Extract diary entries from the region.
22803
22804 \(fn)" nil nil)
22805
22806 ;;;***
22807 \f
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20615 22847 537904
22809 ;;;;;; 0))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22811
22812 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22813 Repeat most recently executed command.
22814 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22815 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22816 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22817
22818 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22819 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22820 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22821 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22822
22823 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22824 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22825 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22826
22827 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22828
22829 ;;;***
22830 \f
22831 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22832 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22834
22835 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22836 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22837
22838 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22839 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22840 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22841 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22842 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22843 and point is left after the salutation.
22844
22845 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22846 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22847 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22848 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22849 left after that text.
22850
22851 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22852 is non-nil.
22853
22854 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22855 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22856 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22857 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22858
22859 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22860
22861 ;;;***
22862 \f
22863 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22864 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22866
22867 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22868 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22869 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22870 visibility of comments that precede it.
22871 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22872 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22873 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22874 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22875 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22876 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22877 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22878 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22879 the comment lines.
22880 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22881 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22882 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22883 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22884 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22885
22886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22887
22888 ;;;***
22889 \f
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22891 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22893
22894 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22895 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22896 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22897 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22898 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22899
22900 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22901 reveals invisible text around point.
22902
22903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22904
22905 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22906 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22907 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22909 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22910 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22911
22912 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22913
22914 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22915 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22916 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22917
22918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22919 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22920 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22921
22922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22923
22924 ;;;***
22925 \f
22926 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22927 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
22928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22929
22930 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22931 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22932
22933 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22934
22935 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22936 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22937
22938 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22939
22940 ;;;***
22941 \f
22942 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20533 50312
22943 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
22944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22945
22946 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22947 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22948 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22949 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22950
22951 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22952
22953 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22954 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22955 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22956 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22957
22958 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22959 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22960
22961 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22962 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22963
22964 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22965 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22966 INPUT-ARGS.
22967
22968 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22969 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22970 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22971 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22972 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22973
22974 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22975 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22976 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22977 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22978
22979 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22980 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22981 variable.
22982
22983 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22984
22985 ;;;***
22986 \f
22987 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22988 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22989 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22990 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22991 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22992 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20599 38534 554587
22993 ;;;;;; 163000))
22994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22995
22996 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22997 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22998
22999 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23000
23001 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23002
23003 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23004 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23005 Its name should end with a slash.")
23006
23007 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23008 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23009
23010 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23011 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23012 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23013
23014 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23015
23016 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23017 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23018 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23019 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23020 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23021 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23022 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23023
23024 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23025 sent by you under different user names.
23026 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23027
23028 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23029
23030 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23031
23032 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23033
23034 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23035 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23036 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23037 explicitly.")
23038
23039 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23040
23041 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23042 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23043 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23044 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23045 which normally happens once for each message,
23046 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23047 To make a change in this variable take effect
23048 for a message that you have already viewed,
23049 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23050
23051 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23052
23053 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23054 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23055 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23056 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23057
23058 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23059
23060 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23061 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23062
23063 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23064
23065 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23066 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23067 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23068
23069 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23070
23071 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23072 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23073 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23074 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23075 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23076 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23077
23078 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23079
23080 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23081 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23082
23083 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23084
23085 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23086 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23087
23088 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23089
23090 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23091 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23092
23093 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23094 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23095
23096 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23097
23098 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23099 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23100
23101 This is set to nil by default.")
23102
23103 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23104 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23105 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23106 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23107 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23108 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23109 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23110
23111 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23112 Read and edit incoming mail.
23113 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23114 file in RMAIL Mode.
23115 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23116
23117 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23118 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23119 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23120 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23121
23122 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23123
23124 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23125
23126 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23127 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23128 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23129 Instead, these commands are available:
23130
23131 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23132 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23133 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23134 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23135 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23136 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23137 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23138 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23139 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23140 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23141 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23142 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23143 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23144 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23145 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23146 till a deleted message is found.
23147 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23148 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23149 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23150 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23151 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23152 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23153 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23154 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23155 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23156 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23157 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23158 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23159 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23160 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23161 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23162 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23163 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23164 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23165 (label defaults to last one specified).
23166 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23167 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23168 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23169 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23170 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23171 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23172 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23173 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23174 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23175
23176 \(fn)" t nil)
23177
23178 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23179 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23180
23181 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23182
23183 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23184 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23185
23186 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23187
23188 ;;;***
23189 \f
23190 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23191 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20533 50312
23192 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
23193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23194 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23195
23196 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23197 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23198 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23199 case it writes Babyl.
23200
23201 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23202 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23203 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23204 `rmail-default-file'.
23205
23206 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23207 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23208 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23209
23210 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23211 the header display is currently pruned.
23212
23213 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23214 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23215 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23216 messages after output.
23217
23218 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23219 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23220 message (if writing a file directly).
23221
23222 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23223 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23224
23225 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23226
23227 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23228 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23229 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23230 i) the header is output as currently seen
23231 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23232 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23233
23234 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23235 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23236 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23237
23238 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23239
23240 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23241 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23242 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23243 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23244 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23245 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23246 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23247
23248 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23249 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23250 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23251
23252 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23253
23254 ;;;***
23255 \f
23256 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23257 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
23258 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23259
23260 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23261 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23262 Return a pattern.
23263
23264 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23265
23266 ;;;***
23267 \f
23268 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23269 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23271
23272 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23273 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23274 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23275 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23276
23277 \(fn)" t nil)
23278
23279 ;;;***
23280 \f
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23282 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23284
23285 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23286 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23287
23288 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23289 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23290 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23291 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23292 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23293 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23294 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23295 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23296 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23297 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23298
23299 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23300 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23301 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23302 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23303 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23304 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23305 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23306 to use for finding the schema.
23307
23308 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23309
23310 ;;;***
23311 \f
23312 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20533
23313 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
23314 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23315
23316 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23317
23318 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23319 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23320 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23321 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23322 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23323 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23324 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23325 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23326 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23327 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23328 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23329 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23330 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23331 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23332 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23333 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23334 must be equal.
23335
23336 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23337
23338 ;;;***
23339 \f
23340 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23341 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23343
23344 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23345 Define a robin package.
23346
23347 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23348 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23349 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23350 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23351
23352 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23353 one replaces the old one.
23354
23355 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23356
23357 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23358 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23359
23360 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23361 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23362 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23363
23364 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23365
23366 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23367 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23368
23369 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23370
23371 ;;;***
23372 \f
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23374 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20533 50312 678915
23375 ;;;;;; 0))
23376 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23377
23378 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23379 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23380
23381 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23382
23383 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23384 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23385
23386 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23387
23388 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23389 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23390
23391 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23392
23393 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23394 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23395 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23396
23397 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23398 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23399 in ROT13.
23400
23401 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23402
23403 \(fn)" t nil)
23404
23405 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23406 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23407
23408 \(fn)" t nil)
23409
23410 ;;;***
23411 \f
23412 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23413 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
23414 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23415 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23416
23417 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23418 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23419 \\<rst-mode-map>
23420
23421 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23422 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23423 highlighting.
23424
23425 \\{rst-mode-map}
23426
23427 \(fn)" t nil)
23428
23429 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23430 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23432 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23433 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23434
23435 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23436 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23437 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23438
23439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23440
23441 ;;;***
23442 \f
23443 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23444 ;;;;;; (20647 7982 429263 0))
23445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23446
23447 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23448 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23449 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23450 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23451 nesting into account.
23452
23453 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23454
23455 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23456
23457 \(fn)" t nil)
23458
23459 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23460
23461 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("Rakefile\\'" . ruby-mode))
23462
23463 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23464
23465 ;;;***
23466 \f
23467 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20533
23468 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
23469 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23470
23471 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23472 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23473 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23474
23475 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23476 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23477 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23478 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23479 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23480
23481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23482
23483 ;;;***
23484 \f
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20533
23486 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23488
23489 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23490 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23491 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23492 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23493
23494 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23495
23496 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23497 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23498 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23499
23500 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23501 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23502 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23503
23504 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23505 notation.
23506
23507 STRING
23508 matches string STRING literally.
23509
23510 CHAR
23511 matches character CHAR literally.
23512
23513 `not-newline', `nonl'
23514 matches any character except a newline.
23515
23516 `anything'
23517 matches any character
23518
23519 `(any SET ...)'
23520 `(in SET ...)'
23521 `(char SET ...)'
23522 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23523 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23524 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23525
23526 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23527 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23528 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23529 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23530
23531 `(not (any SET ...))'
23532 matches any character not in SET ...
23533
23534 `line-start', `bol'
23535 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23536 in the text being matched
23537
23538 `line-end', `eol'
23539 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23540
23541 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23542 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23543 string being matched against.
23544
23545 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23546 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23547 string being matched against.
23548
23549 `buffer-start'
23550 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23551 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23552
23553 `buffer-end'
23554 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23555 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23556
23557 `point'
23558 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23559
23560 `word-start', `bow'
23561 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23562
23563 `word-end', `eow'
23564 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23565
23566 `word-boundary'
23567 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23568 word.
23569
23570 `(not word-boundary)'
23571 `not-word-boundary'
23572 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23573 word.
23574
23575 `symbol-start'
23576 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23577
23578 `symbol-end'
23579 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23580
23581 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23582 matches 0 through 9.
23583
23584 `control', `cntrl'
23585 matches ASCII control characters.
23586
23587 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23588 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23589
23590 `blank'
23591 matches space and tab only.
23592
23593 `graphic', `graph'
23594 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23595 space, and DEL.
23596
23597 `printing', `print'
23598 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23599 and DEL.
23600
23601 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23602 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23603 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23604
23605 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23606 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23607 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23608
23609 `ascii'
23610 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23611
23612 `nonascii'
23613 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23614
23615 `lower', `lower-case'
23616 matches anything lower-case.
23617
23618 `upper', `upper-case'
23619 matches anything upper-case.
23620
23621 `punctuation', `punct'
23622 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23623 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23624
23625 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23626 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23627
23628 `word', `wordchar'
23629 matches anything that has word syntax.
23630
23631 `not-wordchar'
23632 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23633
23634 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23635 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23636 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23637 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23638
23639 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23640 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23641 `word' (\\sw)
23642 `symbol' (\\s_)
23643 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23644 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23645 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23646 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23647 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23648 `escape' (\\s\\)
23649 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23650 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23651 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23652 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23653 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23654
23655 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23656 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23657
23658 `(category CATEGORY)'
23659 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23660 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23661
23662 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23663 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23664 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23665 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23666 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23667 `symbol' (\\c5)
23668 `digit' (\\c6)
23669 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23670 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23671 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23672 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23673 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23674 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23675 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23676 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23677 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23678 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23679 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23680 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23681 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23682 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23683 `ascii' (\\ca)
23684 `arabic' (\\cb)
23685 `chinese' (\\cc)
23686 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23687 `greek' (\\cg)
23688 `korean' (\\ch)
23689 `indian' (\\ci)
23690 `japanese' (\\cj)
23691 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23692 `latin' (\\cl)
23693 `lao' (\\co)
23694 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23695 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23696 `thai' (\\ct)
23697 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23698 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23699 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23700 `can-break' (\\c|)
23701
23702 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23703 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23704
23705 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23706 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23707 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23708 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23709 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23710
23711 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23712 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23713 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23714 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23715
23716 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23717 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23718 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23719 group number N.
23720
23721 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23722 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23723 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23724 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23725 regular expression.
23726
23727 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23728 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23729 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23730 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23731 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23732
23733 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23734 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23735
23736 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23737 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23738
23739 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23740 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23741 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23742
23743 `(* SEXP ...)'
23744 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23745 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23746
23747 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23748 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23749 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23750
23751 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23752 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23753 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23754
23755 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23756 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23757
23758 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23759 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23760
23761 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23762 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23763 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23764 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23765
23766 `(? SEXP ...)'
23767 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23768
23769 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23770 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23771
23772 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23773 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23774 matches N occurrences.
23775
23776 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23777 matches N or more occurrences.
23778
23779 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23780 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23781 matches N to M occurrences.
23782
23783 `(backref N)'
23784 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23785
23786 `(eval FORM)'
23787 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23788 `regexp-quote' it.
23789
23790 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23791 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23792
23793 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23794
23795 ;;;***
23796 \f
23797 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20576
23798 ;;;;;; 15358 683905 201000))
23799 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23800
23801 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23802 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23803 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23805 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23806 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23807
23808 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23809
23810 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23811 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23813 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23814 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23815
23816 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23817 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23818 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23819 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23820
23821 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23822 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23823 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23824
23825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23826
23827 ;;;***
23828 \f
23829 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23830 ;;;;;; (20665 36153 780714 159000))
23831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23832
23833 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23834 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23835 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23836
23837 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23838 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23839 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23840 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23841 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23842 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23843 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23844 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23845
23846 Commands:
23847 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23848 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23849 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23850 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23851 if that value is non-nil.
23852
23853 \(fn)" t nil)
23854
23855 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23856 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23857 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23858
23859 Commands:
23860 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23861 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23862 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23863 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23864 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23865 that variable's value is a string.
23866
23867 \(fn)" t nil)
23868
23869 ;;;***
23870 \f
23871 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23872 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23874
23875 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23876 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23877 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23878
23879 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23880
23881 \(fn)" t nil)
23882
23883 ;;;***
23884 \f
23885 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23886 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
23887 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23888
23889 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23890 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23891 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23893 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23894 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23895
23896 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23897
23898 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23899 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23903
23904 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23905 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23906
23907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23908
23909 ;;;***
23910 \f
23911 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23912 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
23913 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23914
23915 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23916 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23917 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23918 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23919 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23920 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23921 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23922 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23923
23924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23925
23926 ;;;***
23927 \f
23928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20533 50312 678915
23929 ;;;;;; 0))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23931 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23932 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23933
23934 ;;;***
23935 \f
23936 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20619 27099 673959 0))
23938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23939
23940 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23941 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23942 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23943
23944 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23945 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23946 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23947 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23948 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23949 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23950 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23951 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23952 keybinding for tag names.
23953 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23954 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23955 of the symbol under point.
23956 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23957 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23958 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23959 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23960 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23961 syntax tokens.
23962 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23963
23964 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23965
23966 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23967 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23968 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23970 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23971 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23972
23973 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23974
23975 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23976 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23977 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23978 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23979 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23980
23981 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23982 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23983 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23984 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23985 Semantic mode.
23986
23987 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23988
23989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23990
23991 ;;;***
23992 \f
23993 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
23994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20592 14750 589797 981000))
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23996
23997 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23998 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23999
24000 \(fn)" t nil)
24001
24002 ;;;***
24003 \f
24004 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
24005 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20592 14837 837798 186000))
24006 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24007
24008 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24009 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24010
24011 \(fn)" t nil)
24012
24013 ;;;***
24014 \f
24015 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24016 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
24017 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24018 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24019 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24020 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24021 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24022 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24023 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20615 22847 537904 0))
24024 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24025
24026 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24027 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24028
24029 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24030 king@grassland.com
24031 If `parens', they look like:
24032 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24033 If `angles', they look like:
24034 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24035
24036 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24037 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24042 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24043 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24044 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24045
24046 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24047 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24048 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24049 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24050
24051 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24052
24053 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24054 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24055 This is done when the message is initialized,
24056 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24057
24058 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24059
24060 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24061 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24062 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24063
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24065
24066 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24067 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24068 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24069 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24070 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24071 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24072 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24073
24074 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24075
24076 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24077 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24078
24079 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24080
24081 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24082 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24083 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24084 be a Babyl file.")
24085
24086 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24087
24088 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24089 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24090 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24091 when you first send mail.")
24092
24093 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24094
24095 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24096 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24097 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24098 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24099 This file need not actually exist.")
24100
24101 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24102
24103 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24104 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24105
24106 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24107
24108 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24109 Alist of mail address aliases,
24110 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24111 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24112 can specify a different file name.)
24113 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24114 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24115
24116 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24117 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24118 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24119
24120 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24121
24122 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24123 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24124 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24125
24126 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24127
24128 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24129 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24130 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24131 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24132 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24133 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24134 in the cited portion of the message.
24135
24136 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24137 instead of no action.")
24138
24139 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24140
24141 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24142 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24143 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24144 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24145 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24146
24147 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24148
24149 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24150 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24151 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24152 If a string, that string is inserted.
24153 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24154 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24155 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24156 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24157
24158 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24159
24160 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24161 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24162
24163 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24164
24165 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24166 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24167 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24168
24169 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24170 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24171
24172 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24173
24174 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24175 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24176 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24177 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24178
24179 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24180
24181 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24182 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24183 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24184
24185 \(fn)" nil nil)
24186
24187 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24188
24189 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24190
24191
24192 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24193
24194 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24195 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24196 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24197
24198 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24199 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24200
24201 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24202 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24203 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24204 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24205 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24206 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24207 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24208 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24209 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24210 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24211 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24212 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24213 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24214 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24215
24216 \(fn)" t nil)
24217
24218 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24219 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24220 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24221 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24222
24223 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24224
24225 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24226 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24227 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24228 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24229 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24230 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24231
24232 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24233 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24234 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24235
24236 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24237 User should not set this variable manually,
24238 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24239 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24240 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24241
24242 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24243 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24244 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24245 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24246
24247 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24248 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24249
24250 \\<mail-mode-map>
24251 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24252
24253 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24254 to move to message header fields:
24255 \\{mail-mode-map}
24256
24257 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24258 when the message is initialized.
24259
24260 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24261 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24262
24263 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24264 is inserted.
24265
24266 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24267 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24268
24269 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24270 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24271 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24272 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24273 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24274 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24275 buffer without erasing the contents.
24276
24277 The second through fifth arguments,
24278 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24279 the initial contents of those header fields.
24280 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24281 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24282 original message being replied to, or else an action
24283 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24284 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24285 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24286 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24287 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24288 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24289
24290 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24291
24292 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24293 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24294
24295 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24296
24297 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24298 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24299
24300 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24301
24302 ;;;***
24303 \f
24304 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24305 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20647
24306 ;;;;;; 7982 429263 0))
24307 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24308
24309 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24310
24311 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24312
24313 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24314
24315 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24316 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24317 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24318 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24319 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24320 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24321
24322 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24323 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24324
24325 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24326 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24327 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24328
24329 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24330 \\[server-start].
24331
24332 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24333
24334 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24335 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24336 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24337 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24338
24339 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24340
24341 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24342 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24343 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24346 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24347
24348 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24349
24350 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24351 Toggle Server mode.
24352 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24353 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24354 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24355
24356 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24357 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24358 `server-start' for details.
24359
24360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24361
24362 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24363 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24364 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24365
24366 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24367 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24368
24369 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24370
24371 ;;;***
24372 \f
24373 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20657 39151 929960 0))
24374 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24375
24376 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24377 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24378 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24379
24380 Key definitions:
24381 \\{ses-mode-map}
24382 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24383 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24384 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24385 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24386
24387 \(fn)" t nil)
24388
24389 ;;;***
24390 \f
24391 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24392 ;;;;;; (20665 37305 556705 260000))
24393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24394
24395 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24396 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24397 Makes > match <.
24398 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24399 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24400
24401 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24402 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24403 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24404
24405 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24406 in your init file.
24407
24408 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24409
24410 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24411 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24412 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24413
24414 \(fn)" t nil)
24415
24416 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24417 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24418 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24419 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24420 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24421 which this is based.
24422
24423 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24424
24425 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24426 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24427 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24428 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24429
24430 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24431 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24432 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24433
24434 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24435 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24436 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24437 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24438
24439 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24440 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24441 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24442 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24443
24444 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24445
24446 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24447 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24448 To work around that, do:
24449 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24450
24451 \\{html-mode-map}
24452
24453 \(fn)" t nil)
24454
24455 ;;;***
24456 \f
24457 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24458 ;;;;;; (20665 38785 745682 0))
24459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24460 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24461
24462 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24463 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24464 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24465 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24466 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24467 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24468
24469 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24470 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24471 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24472 shell-specific features.
24473
24474 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24475 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24476 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24477 \\<sh-mode-map>
24478 \\[sh-case] case statement
24479 \\[sh-for] for loop
24480 \\[sh-function] function definition
24481 \\[sh-if] if statement
24482 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24483 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24484 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24485 \\[sh-select] select loop
24486 \\[sh-until] until loop
24487 \\[sh-while] while loop
24488
24489 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24490 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24491 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24492 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24493 would indent to the way it currently is.
24494 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24495 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24496
24497
24498 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24499 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24500 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24501 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24502 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24503 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24504
24505 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24506 unquoted < insert a here document.
24507
24508 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24509 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24510 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24511
24512 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24513 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24514
24515 \(fn)" t nil)
24516
24517 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24518
24519 ;;;***
24520 \f
24521 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24522 ;;;;;; (20571 55599 814625 0))
24523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24524
24525 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24526 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24527
24528 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24529 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24530 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24531
24532 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24533 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24534 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24535 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24536 the earlier.
24537
24538 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24539
24540 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24541
24542 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24543 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24544 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24545
24546 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24547 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24548
24549 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24550 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24551 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24552 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24553 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24554 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24555 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24556 Emacs version).
24557
24558 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24559 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24560 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24561 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24562 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24563
24564 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24565 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24566
24567 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24568
24569 ;;;***
24570 \f
24571 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24572 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20533
24573 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
24574 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24575
24576 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24577 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24578 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24579 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24580 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24581 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24582 sites in the cluster.
24583
24584 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24585
24586 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24587 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24588 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24589 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24590 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24591
24592 \(fn)" t nil)
24593
24594 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24595 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24596 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24597 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24598 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24599 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24600 `shadow-define-cluster').
24601
24602 \(fn)" t nil)
24603
24604 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24605 Set up file shadowing.
24606
24607 \(fn)" t nil)
24608
24609 ;;;***
24610 \f
24611 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24612 ;;;;;; (20664 27691 323071 891000))
24613 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24614
24615 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24616 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24617 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24618 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24619 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24620 arguments.")
24621
24622 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24623
24624 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24625 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24626 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24627 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24628 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24629
24630 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24631 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24632 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24633 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24634 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24635 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24636 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24637 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24638 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24639 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24640 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24641
24642 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24643 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24644 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24645 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24646 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24647 `default-process-coding-system'.
24648
24649 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24650 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24651 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24652 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24653
24654 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24655
24656 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24657
24658 ;;;***
24659 \f
24660 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20596
24661 ;;;;;; 57817 368875 0))
24662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24663
24664 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24665 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24666 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24667 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24668
24669 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24670
24671 ;;;***
24672 \f
24673 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24674 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20533 50312 678915
24675 ;;;;;; 0))
24676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24677
24678 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24679
24680
24681 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24682
24683 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24684
24685
24686 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24687
24688 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24689
24690
24691 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24692
24693 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24694
24695
24696 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24697
24698 ;;;***
24699 \f
24700 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24701 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
24702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24703
24704 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24705 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24706 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24707 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24708 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24709
24710 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24711
24712 \(fn)" t nil)
24713
24714 ;;;***
24715 \f
24716 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20533
24717 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
24718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24719
24720 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24721 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24722 \\{simula-mode-map}
24723 Variables controlling indentation style:
24724 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24725 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24726 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24727 `simula-indent-level'
24728 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24729 `simula-substatement-offset'
24730 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24731 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24732 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24733 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24734 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24735 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24736 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24737 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24738 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24739 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24740 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24741 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24742 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24743 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24744 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24745 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24746 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24747 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24748 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24749 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24750 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24751 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24752 or nil if they should not be changed.
24753 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24754 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24755 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24756 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24757
24758 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24759 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24760
24761 \(fn)" t nil)
24762
24763 ;;;***
24764 \f
24765 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24766 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20541 32865 505578
24767 ;;;;;; 0))
24768 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24769
24770 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24771 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24772
24773 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24774 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24775 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24776 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24777
24778 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24779
24780 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24781
24782 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24783 Insert SKELETON.
24784 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24785 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24786 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24787 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24788 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24789
24790 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24791 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24792
24793 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24794
24795 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24796 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24797
24798 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24799 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24800 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24801 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24802
24803 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24804 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24805 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24806 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24807
24808 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24809 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24810 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24811
24812 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24813 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24814
24815 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24816 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24817
24818 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24819 _ interesting point, interregion here
24820 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24821 interesting point set by _
24822 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24823 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24824 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24825 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24826 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24827 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24828 nil skipped
24829
24830 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24831 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24832
24833 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24834 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24835 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24836 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24837 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24838 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24839 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24840 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24841
24842 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24843 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24844 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24845 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24846 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24847 available:
24848
24849 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24850 then: insert previously read string once more
24851 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24852 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24853 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24854
24855 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24856 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24857
24858 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24859
24860 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24861 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24862
24863 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24864 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24865 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24866 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24867 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24868 such as backslash.
24869
24870 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24871 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24872 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24873
24874 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24875
24876 ;;;***
24877 \f
24878 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24879 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20585 2669 263465 0))
24880 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24881
24882 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24883 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24884 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24885 buffer names.
24886
24887 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24888
24889 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24890 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24891 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24892 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24893 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24894 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24895
24896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24897
24898 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24899 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24900 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24901
24902 \(fn)" t nil)
24903
24904 ;;;***
24905 \f
24906 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24907 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
24908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24909
24910 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24911 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24912 A list of images is returned.
24913
24914 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24915
24916 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24917 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24918 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24919
24920 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24921
24922 ;;;***
24923 \f
24924 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24925 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20552 25066 479417 0))
24926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24927
24928 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24929
24930
24931 \(fn)" nil nil)
24932
24933 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24934 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24935
24936 \(fn)" t nil)
24937
24938 ;;;***
24939 \f
24940 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20533 50312 678915
24941 ;;;;;; 0))
24942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24943
24944 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24945 Play the Snake game.
24946 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24947
24948 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24949
24950 Snake mode keybindings:
24951 \\<snake-mode-map>
24952 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24953 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24954 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24955 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24956 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24957 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24958 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24959
24960 \(fn)" t nil)
24961
24962 ;;;***
24963 \f
24964 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24965 ;;;;;; (20576 17407 119991 302000))
24966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24967
24968 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24969 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24970 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24971 Tab indents for C code.
24972 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24973 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24974 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24975 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24976 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24977
24978 \(fn)" t nil)
24979
24980 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24981 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24982 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24983 Tab indents for C code.
24984 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24985 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24986 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24987 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24988 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24989
24990 \(fn)" t nil)
24991
24992 ;;;***
24993 \f
24994 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20566
24995 ;;;;;; 46404 938628 506000))
24996 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24997
24998 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24999 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25000 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25001 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25002 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25003
25004 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25005
25006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25007
25008 ;;;***
25009 \f
25010 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20533
25011 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
25012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25013
25014 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25015 Play Solitaire.
25016
25017 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25018 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25019 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25020 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25021 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25022 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25023 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25024 check after each move or undo.)
25025
25026 What is Solitaire?
25027
25028 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25029 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25030 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25031
25032 Le Solitaire
25033 ============
25034
25035 o o o
25036
25037 o o o
25038
25039 o o o o o o o
25040
25041 o o o . o o o
25042
25043 o o o o o o o
25044
25045 o o o
25046
25047 o o o
25048
25049 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25050 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25051 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25052 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25053
25054 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25055 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25056 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25057 this: o o .
25058
25059 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25060 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25061
25062 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25063
25064 o o o
25065
25066 . o o
25067
25068 o o . o o o o
25069
25070 o . o o o o o
25071
25072 o o o o o o o
25073
25074 o o o
25075
25076 o o o
25077
25078 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25079
25080 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25081
25082 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25083
25084 ;;;***
25085 \f
25086 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-duplicate-lines reverse-region sort-columns
25087 ;;;;;; sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages
25088 ;;;;;; sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20669
25089 ;;;;;; 24410 534430 0))
25090 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25091 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25092
25093 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25094 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25095
25096 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25097 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25098 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25099 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25100 contiguous.
25101
25102 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25103 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25104 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25105 the sort order.
25106
25107 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25108 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25109
25110 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25111 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25112 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25113 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25114 is called.
25115
25116 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25117 It should move point to the end of the record.
25118
25119 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25120 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25121 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25122 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25123 starts at the beginning of the record.
25124
25125 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25126 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25127 same as ENDRECFUN.
25128
25129 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25130 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25131
25132 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25133
25134 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25135 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25136 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25137 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25138 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25139 the sort order.
25140
25141 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25142
25143 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25144 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25145 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25146 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25147 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25148 the sort order.
25149
25150 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25151
25152 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25153 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25154 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25155 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25156 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25157 the sort order.
25158
25159 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25160 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25161
25162 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25163 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25164 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25165 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25166 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25167 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25168 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25169 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25170 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25171
25172 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25173
25174 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25175 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25176 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25177 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25178 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25179 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25180 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25181 the sort order.
25182
25183 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25184
25185 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25186 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25187 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25188 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25189
25190 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25191 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25192
25193 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25194 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25195 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25196 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25197 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25198 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25199 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25200 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25201
25202 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25203
25204 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25205 the sort order.
25206
25207 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25208 starting with the letter \"f\",
25209 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25210
25211 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25212
25213 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25214 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25215 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25216 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25217 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25218 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25219 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25220 the sort order.
25221
25222 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25223 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25224 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25225 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25226 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25227
25228 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25229
25230 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25231 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25232 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25233
25234 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25235
25236 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25237 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25238
25239 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25240 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25241 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25242 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25243
25244 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25245 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25246 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25247 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25248 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25249
25250 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25251 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25252 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25253
25254 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25255
25256 ;;;***
25257 \f
25258 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20533
25259 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25261
25262 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25263 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25264 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25265 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25266 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25267 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25268
25269 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25270
25271 ;;;***
25272 \f
25273 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25274 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25275 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
25276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25277
25278 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25279 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25280
25281 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25282 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25283 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25284
25285 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25288 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25289 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25290 server.
25291
25292 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25293
25294 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25295 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25296 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25297
25298 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25299
25300 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25301 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25302 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25303 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25304 Agent is plugged.
25305
25306 \(fn)" t nil)
25307
25308 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25309 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25310 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25311 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25312
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25314
25315 ;;;***
25316 \f
25317 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25318 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20648 29678 511980 0))
25319 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25320
25321 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25322
25323 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25324 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25325 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25326 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25327 supported at a time.
25328 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25329 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25330
25331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25332
25333 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25334 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25335 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25336 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25337
25338 \(fn)" t nil)
25339
25340 ;;;***
25341 \f
25342 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20533
25343 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
25344 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25345
25346 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25347 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25348
25349 \(fn)" t nil)
25350
25351 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25352 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25353
25354 \(fn)" nil nil)
25355
25356 ;;;***
25357 \f
25358 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25359 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25360 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25361 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25362 ;;;;;; (20655 4702 996292 0))
25363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25364
25365 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25366 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25367
25368 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25369 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25370 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25371 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25372 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25373 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25374 of the current highlighting list.
25375
25376 For example:
25377
25378 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25379 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25380
25381 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25382 `_t' as data types.
25383
25384 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25385
25386 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25387
25388 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25389 Major mode to edit SQL.
25390
25391 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25392 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25393 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25394
25395 \\{sql-mode-map}
25396 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25397
25398 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25399 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25400 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25401 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25402 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25403 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25404
25405 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25406 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25407
25408 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25409 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25410 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25411
25412 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25413 (lambda ()
25414 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25415
25416 \(fn)" t nil)
25417
25418 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25419 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25420
25421 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25422 their settings.
25423
25424 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25425 is specified in the connection settings.
25426
25427 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25428
25429 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25430 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25431
25432 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25433 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25434
25435 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25436 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25437 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25438 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25439
25440 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25441
25442 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25443
25444 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25445 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25446
25447 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25448 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25449 `*SQL*'.
25450
25451 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25452 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25453 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25454 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25455
25456 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25457 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25458
25459 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25460 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25461 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25462 buffer.
25463
25464 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25465 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25466 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25467 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25468 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25469 `default-process-coding-system'.
25470
25471 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25472
25473 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25474
25475 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25476 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25477
25478 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25479 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25480 `*SQL*'.
25481
25482 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25483 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25484 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25485 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25486
25487 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25488 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25489
25490 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25492 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25493 buffer.
25494
25495 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25496 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25497 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25498 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25499 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25500 `default-process-coding-system'.
25501
25502 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25503
25504 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25505
25506 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25507 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25508
25509 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25510 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25511 `*SQL*'.
25512
25513 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25514 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25515
25516 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25517 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25518
25519 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25521 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25522 buffer.
25523
25524 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25525 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25526 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25527 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25528 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25529 `default-process-coding-system'.
25530
25531 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25532
25533 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25534
25535 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25536 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25537
25538 SQLite is free software.
25539
25540 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25541 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25542 `*SQL*'.
25543
25544 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25545 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25546 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25547 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25548
25549 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25550 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25551
25552 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25553 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25554 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25555 buffer.
25556
25557 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25558 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25559 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25560 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25561 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25562 `default-process-coding-system'.
25563
25564 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25565
25566 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25567
25568 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25569 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25570
25571 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25572
25573 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25574 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25575 `*SQL*'.
25576
25577 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25578 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25579 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25580 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25581
25582 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25583 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25584
25585 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25586 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25587 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25588 buffer.
25589
25590 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25591 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25592 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25593 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25594 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25595 `default-process-coding-system'.
25596
25597 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25598
25599 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25600
25601 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25602 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25603
25604 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25605 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25606 `*SQL*'.
25607
25608 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25609 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25610 defaults, if set.
25611
25612 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25613 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25614
25615 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25616 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25617 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25618 buffer.
25619
25620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25621 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25622 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25623 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25625 `default-process-coding-system'.
25626
25627 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25628
25629 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25630
25631 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25632 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25633
25634 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25635 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25636 `*SQL*'.
25637
25638 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25639 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25640
25641 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25642 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25643
25644 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25646 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25647 buffer.
25648
25649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25651 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25654 `default-process-coding-system'.
25655
25656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25657
25658 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25659
25660 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25661 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25662
25663 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25664 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 `*SQL*'.
25666
25667 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25668 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25669 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25670 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25671
25672 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25673 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25674
25675 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25676 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25677 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25678 buffer.
25679
25680 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25681 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25682 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25683 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25684 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25685 `default-process-coding-system'.
25686
25687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25688
25689 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25690
25691 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25692 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25693
25694 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25695 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25696 `*SQL*'.
25697
25698 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25699 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25700 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25701 `sql-postgres-options'.
25702
25703 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25704 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25705
25706 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25707 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25708 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25709 buffer.
25710
25711 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25712 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25713 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25714 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25715 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25716 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25717 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25718 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25719
25720 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25721 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25722
25723 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25724
25725 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25726
25727 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25728 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25729
25730 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25731 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25732 `*SQL*'.
25733
25734 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25735 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25736 defaults, if set.
25737
25738 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25739 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25740
25741 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25742 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25743 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25744 buffer.
25745
25746 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25747 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25748 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25749 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25750 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25751 `default-process-coding-system'.
25752
25753 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25754
25755 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25756
25757 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25758 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25759
25760 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25761 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25762 `*SQL*'.
25763
25764 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25765 automatic login.
25766
25767 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25768 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25769
25770 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25771 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25772 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25773 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25774
25775 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25776 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25777 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25778 buffer.
25779
25780 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25781 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25782 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25783 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25784 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25785 `default-process-coding-system'.
25786
25787 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25788
25789 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25790
25791 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25792 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25793
25794 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25795 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25796 `*SQL*'.
25797
25798 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25799 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25800 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25801 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25802 parameters.
25803
25804 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25805 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25806 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25807 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25808 an empty password.
25809
25810 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25811 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25812
25813 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25814 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25815 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25816 buffer.
25817
25818 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25819
25820 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25821
25822 ;;;***
25823 \f
25824 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25825 ;;;;;; (20647 7982 429263 0))
25826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25827
25828 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25829 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25830
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25832
25833 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25834
25835 ;;;***
25836 \f
25837 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25838 ;;;;;; (20608 13586 654200 0))
25839 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25840
25841 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25842 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25843 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25844 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25845 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25846 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25847 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25848 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25849 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25850 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25851 with any buffer
25852 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25853 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25854 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25855 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25856
25857 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25858
25859 ;;;***
25860 \f
25861 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25862 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25863 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25864 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25865 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20594
25866 ;;;;;; 14884 858174 0))
25867 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25868
25869 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25870 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25871 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25872 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25873 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25874 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25875
25876 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25877
25878 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25879
25880 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25881 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25882 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25883 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25884 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25885 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25886 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25887
25888 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25889
25890 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25891 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25892 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25893 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25894 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25895 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25896 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25897
25898 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25899
25900 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25901 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25902 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25903
25904 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25905
25906 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25907 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25908 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25909
25910 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25911
25912 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25913 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25914
25915 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25918 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25919
25920 \(fn)" t nil)
25921
25922 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25923 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25924
25925 \(fn)" t nil)
25926
25927 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25928 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25929 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25930 chronologically by command name.
25931 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25932
25933 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25934
25935 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25936 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25937 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25939 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25940 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25941
25942 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25943
25944 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25945 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25946 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25947 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25948 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25949
25950 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25951 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25952 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25953 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25954 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25955
25956 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25957 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25958 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25959 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25960
25961 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25962
25963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25964
25965 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25966 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25967 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25968 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25969
25970 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25971
25972 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25973 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25974
25975 \(fn)" t nil)
25976
25977 ;;;***
25978 \f
25979 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25980 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
25981 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25982
25983 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25984 Studlify-case the region.
25985
25986 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25987
25988 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25989 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25990
25991 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25992
25993 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25994 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25995
25996 \(fn)" t nil)
25997
25998 ;;;***
25999 \f
26000 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26001 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
26002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26003
26004 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26005 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26007 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26008 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26009
26010 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26011 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26012 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26013 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26014
26015 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26016 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26017 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26018
26019 Nomenclature Subwords
26020 ===========================================================
26021 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26022 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26023 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26024
26025 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26026 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26027 as words.
26028
26029 \\{subword-mode-map}
26030
26031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26032
26033 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26034 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26035 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26036 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26037 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26038 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26039
26040 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26041
26042 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26043 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26044 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26045 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26046 ARG is omitted or nil.
26047
26048 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26049 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26050 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26051
26052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26053
26054 ;;;***
26055 \f
26056 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26057 ;;;;;; (20576 15917 623928 140000))
26058 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26059
26060 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26061 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26062 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26063 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26064 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26065 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26066 original message but it does require a few things:
26067
26068 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26069
26070 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26071 reply buffer.
26072
26073 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26074 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26075 original message.
26076
26077 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26078
26079 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26080
26081 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26082 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26083 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26084
26085 \(fn)" nil nil)
26086
26087 ;;;***
26088 \f
26089 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20533
26090 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
26091 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26092
26093 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26094
26095 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26096 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26097 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26099 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26100 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26101
26102 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26103
26104 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26105 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26107 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26108 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26109
26110 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26111 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26112 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26113
26114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26115
26116 ;;;***
26117 \f
26118 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20533 50312
26119 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
26120 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26121
26122 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26123 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26124 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26125 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26126 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26127
26128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26129
26130 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26131 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26132 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26133 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26134 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26135 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26136 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26137
26138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26139
26140 ;;;***
26141 \f
26142 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26143 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26144 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26145 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26146 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26147 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26148 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26149 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26150 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26151 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26152 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26153 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26154 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20660 26176 137583 0))
26155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26156
26157 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26158 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26159 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26160
26161 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26162
26163 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26164 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26165
26166 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26167
26168 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26169 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26170
26171 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26172
26173 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26174 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26175
26176 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26177
26178 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26179 Insert an editable text table.
26180 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26181 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26182 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26183 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26184 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26185 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26186 delimiting them.
26187
26188 Examples:
26189
26190 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26191
26192 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26193 location of point.
26194
26195 -!-
26196
26197 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26198 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26199 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26200 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26201 first cell.
26202
26203 +-----+-----+-----+
26204 |-!- | | |
26205 +-----+-----+-----+
26206
26207 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26208
26209 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26210 width, which results as
26211
26212 +--------------+-----+-----+
26213 |-!- | | |
26214 +--------------+-----+-----+
26215
26216 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26217 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26218
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 | | |-!- |
26221 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26222
26223 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26224 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26225 width information to `table-insert'.
26226
26227 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26228
26229 instead of
26230
26231 Cell width(s): 5
26232
26233 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26234 work all together.
26235
26236 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26237 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26238
26239 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26240 |-!- | | |
26241 | | | |
26242 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26243
26244 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26245
26246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 |-!- | | |
26248 | | | |
26249 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26250 | | | |
26251 | | | |
26252 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26253
26254 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26255
26256 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26257 | | | |
26258 | | | |
26259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26260 | | | |
26261 | | | |
26262 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26263 -!-
26264
26265 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26266 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26267 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26268
26269 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26270 | | | |
26271 | | | |
26272 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26273 | | | |
26274 | | | |
26275 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26276 |-!- | | |
26277 | | | |
26278 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26279
26280 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26281 results.
26282
26283 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284 | | | |
26285 | | | |
26286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26287 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26288 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26289 | | |expected results.-!- |
26290 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26291 | | | |
26292 | | | |
26293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26294
26295 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26296
26297 \\{table-cell-map}
26298
26299 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26302 Insert N table row(s).
26303 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26304 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26305 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26306 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26307
26308 \(fn N)" t nil)
26309
26310 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26311 Insert N table column(s).
26312 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26313 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26314 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26315 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26316
26317 \(fn N)" t nil)
26318
26319 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26320 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26321 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26322
26323 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26324
26325 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26326 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26327 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26328 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26329 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26330 all the table specific features.
26331
26332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26333
26334 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26335
26336
26337 \(fn)" t nil)
26338
26339 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26340 Recognize all tables within region.
26341 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26342 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26343 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26344 specific features.
26345
26346 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26347
26348 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26349
26350
26351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26352
26353 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26354 Recognize a table at point.
26355 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26356 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26357 the table specific features.
26358
26359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26360
26361 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26362
26363
26364 \(fn)" t nil)
26365
26366 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26367 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26368 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26369 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26370 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26371 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26372 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26373
26374 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26375
26376 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26377
26378
26379 \(fn)" t nil)
26380
26381 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26382 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26383 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26384 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26385 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26386 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26387 specified.
26388
26389 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26390
26391 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26392 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26393 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26394 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26395 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26396 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26397 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26398 table structure.
26399
26400 \(fn N)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26403 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26404 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26405 table's rectangle structure.
26406
26407 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26408
26409 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26410 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26411 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26412 table's rectangle structure.
26413
26414 \(fn N)" t nil)
26415
26416 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26417 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26418 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26419 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26420 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26421
26422 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26423
26424 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26425 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26426 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26427
26428 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26429 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26430 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26431 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26432 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26433 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26434 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26435
26436 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26437 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26438 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26439 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26440 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26441 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26442 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26443
26444 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26445 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26446 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26447 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26448 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26449 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26450 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26451 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26452
26453 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26454
26455 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26456 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26457 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26458 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26459
26460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26461
26462 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26463 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26464 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26465
26466 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26467
26468 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26469 Split current cell vertically.
26470 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26471
26472 \(fn)" t nil)
26473
26474 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26475 Split current cell horizontally.
26476 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26477
26478 \(fn)" t nil)
26479
26480 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26481 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26482 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26483
26484 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26485
26486 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26487 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26488 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26489 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26490
26491 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26492
26493 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26494 Justify cell contents.
26495 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26496 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26497 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26498 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26499
26500 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26501
26502 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26503 Justify cells of a row.
26504 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26505 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26506
26507 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26510 Justify cells of a column.
26511 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26512 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26513
26514 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26515
26516 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26517 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26518 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26519 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26520 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26521 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26522 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26523 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26524 run-time.
26525
26526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26527
26528 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26529 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26530 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26531 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26532 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26533 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26534 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26535 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26536 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26537 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26538 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26539
26540 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26541
26542 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26543 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26544 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26545 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26546 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26547 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26548 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26549 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26550 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26551 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26552 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26553 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26554 untouched.
26555
26556 References used for this implementation:
26557
26558 HTML:
26559 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26560
26561 LaTeX:
26562 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26563
26564 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26565 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26566 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26567
26568 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26569
26570 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26571 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26572 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26573 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26574 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26575 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26576 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26577 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26578 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26579 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26580 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26581 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26582 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26583 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26584 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26585 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26586 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26587
26588 Example:
26589
26590 (progn
26591 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26592 (table-forward-cell 15)
26593 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26594 (table-forward-cell 16)
26595 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26596 (table-forward-cell 1)
26597 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26598
26599 (progn
26600 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26601 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26602 (table-forward-cell 1)
26603 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26604
26605 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26606
26607 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26608 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26609 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26610 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26611 consists from cells of same height.
26612
26613 \(fn N)" t nil)
26614
26615 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26616 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26617 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26618 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26619 column must consists from cells of same width.
26620
26621 \(fn N)" t nil)
26622
26623 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26624 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26625 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26626 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26627 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26628 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26629 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26630 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26631 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26632 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26633 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26634 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26635 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26636 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26637 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26638
26639
26640 Example 1:
26641
26642 1, 2, 3, 4
26643 5, 6, 7, 8
26644 , 9, 10
26645
26646 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26647 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26648 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26649 specified as 5.
26650
26651 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26652 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26653 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26654 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26655 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26656 | | 9 | 10 | |
26657 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26658
26659 Note:
26660
26661 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26662 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26663 of each row is optional.
26664
26665
26666 Example 2:
26667
26668 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26669 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26670 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26671 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26672 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26673
26674 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26675 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26676
26677 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26678 expression and raw delimiter regular
26679 expression, it parses the specified text
26680 area and extracts cell items from
26681 non-table text and then forms a table out
26682 of them.
26683
26684 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26685 creates a single cell table. The text in
26686 the specified region is placed in that
26687 cell.-*-
26688
26689 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26690 like this.
26691
26692 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26693 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26694 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26695 | |
26696 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26697 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26698 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26699 | area and extracts cell items from |
26700 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26701 | of them. |
26702 | |
26703 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26704 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26705 | the specified region is placed in that |
26706 | cell. |
26707 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26708
26709 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26710 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26711 independently.
26712
26713 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26714 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26715 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26716 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26717 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26718 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26719 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26720 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26721 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26722 | |of them. |
26723 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26724 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26725 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26726 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26727 | |cell. |
26728 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26729
26730 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26731 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26732 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26733
26734 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26735
26736 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26737 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26738 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26739 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26740 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26741
26742 \(fn)" t nil)
26743
26744 ;;;***
26745 \f
26746 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20533 50312
26747 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
26748 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26749
26750 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26751 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26752
26753 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26754
26755 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26756 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26757
26758 \(fn)" t nil)
26759
26760 ;;;***
26761 \f
26762 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20585 2669
26763 ;;;;;; 263465 0))
26764 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26765
26766 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26767 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26768 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26769 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26770 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26771 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26772 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26773
26774 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26775 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26776 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26777 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26778
26779 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26780 \\{tar-mode-map}
26781
26782 \(fn)" t nil)
26783
26784 ;;;***
26785 \f
26786 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26787 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20581 13032 944808 0))
26788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26789
26790 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26791 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26792 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26793 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26794 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26795 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26796
26797 Variables controlling indentation style:
26798 `tcl-indent-level'
26799 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26800 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26801 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26802
26803 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26804 documentation for details):
26805 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26806 Controls action of TAB key.
26807 `tcl-auto-newline'
26808 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26809 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26810 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26811 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26812 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26813
26814 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26815 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26816 already exist.
26817
26818 \(fn)" t nil)
26819
26820 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26821 Run inferior Tcl process.
26822 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26823 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26824
26825 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26826
26827 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26828 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26829 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26830
26831 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26832
26833 ;;;***
26834 \f
26835 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20533 50312
26836 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
26837 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26838
26839 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26840 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26841 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26842 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26843
26844 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26845 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26846 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26847 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26848 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26849
26850 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26851
26852 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26853 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26854 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26855 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26856
26857 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26858
26859 ;;;***
26860 \f
26861 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26862 ;;;;;; (20648 29678 511980 0))
26863 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26864
26865 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26866 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26867 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26868 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26869 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26870 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26871
26872 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26873
26874 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26875 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26876 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26877 commands to use in that buffer.
26878
26879 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26880
26881 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26882
26883 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26884 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26885
26886 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26887
26888 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26889 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26890 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26891 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26892 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26893 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26894 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26895 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26896 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26897 use in that buffer.
26898 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26899
26900 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26901
26902 ;;;***
26903 \f
26904 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26905 ;;;;;; (20579 47335 3827 0))
26906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26907
26908 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26909 Start coverage on function under point.
26910
26911 \(fn)" t nil)
26912
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20545 60086
26916 ;;;;;; 510404 0))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26918
26919 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26920 Play the Tetris game.
26921 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26922 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26923 as to form complete rows.
26924
26925 tetris-mode keybindings:
26926 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26927 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26928 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26929 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26930 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26931 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26932 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26933 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26934 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26935
26936 \(fn)" t nil)
26937
26938 ;;;***
26939 \f
26940 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26941 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26942 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26943 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26944 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26945 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26946 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26947 ;;;;;; (20665 36964 828705 971000))
26948 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26949
26950 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26951 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26952
26953 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26954
26955 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26956 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26957 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26958 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26959 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26960
26961 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26962
26963 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26964 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26965 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26966 if it matches the first line of the file,
26967 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26968
26969 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26970
26971 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26972 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26973 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26974 if the variable is non-nil.")
26975
26976 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26977
26978 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26979 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26980
26981 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26982
26983 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26984 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26985 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26986 See the documentation of that variable.")
26987
26988 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26989
26990 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26991 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26992 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26993 See the documentation of that variable.")
26994
26995 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26996
26997 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26998 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26999 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27000 See the documentation of that variable.")
27001
27002 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27003
27004 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27005 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27006 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27007 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27008 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27009
27010 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27011
27012 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27013 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27014 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27015 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27016
27017 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27018
27019 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27020 User defined LaTeX block names.
27021 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27022
27023 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27024
27025 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27026 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27027 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27028 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27029
27030 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27031
27032 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27033 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27034 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27035 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27036
27037 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27038
27039 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27040 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27041 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27042 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27043
27044 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27045 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27046 for example,
27047
27048 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27049 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27050
27051 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27052 use.")
27053
27054 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27055
27056 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27057 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27058 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27059 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27060 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27061
27062 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27063
27064 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27065
27066 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27067 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27068 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27069
27070 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27071
27072 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27073 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27074 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27075 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27076 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27077
27078 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27079
27080 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27081 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27082
27083 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27084
27085 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27086 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27087
27088 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27089
27090 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27091 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27092 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27093 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27094 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27095 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27096 says which mode to use.
27097
27098 \(fn)" t nil)
27099
27100 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27101
27102 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27103
27104 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27105
27106 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27107 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27108 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27109 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27110 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27111
27112 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27113 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27114 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27115 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27116 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27117 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27118 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27119
27120 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27121 mismatched $'s or braces.
27122
27123 Special commands:
27124 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27125
27126 Mode variables:
27127 tex-run-command
27128 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27129 tex-directory
27130 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27131 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27132 tex-dvi-print-command
27133 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27134 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27135 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27136 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27137 tex-dvi-view-command
27138 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27139 tex-show-queue-command
27140 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27141 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27142
27143 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27144 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27145 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27146
27147 \(fn)" t nil)
27148
27149 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27150 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27151 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27152 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27153 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27154
27155 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27156 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27157 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27158 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27159 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27160 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27161 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27162
27163 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27164 mismatched $'s or braces.
27165
27166 Special commands:
27167 \\{latex-mode-map}
27168
27169 Mode variables:
27170 latex-run-command
27171 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27172 tex-directory
27173 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27174 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27175 tex-dvi-print-command
27176 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27177 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27178 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27179 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27180 tex-dvi-view-command
27181 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27182 tex-show-queue-command
27183 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27184 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27185
27186 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27187 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27188 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27189
27190 \(fn)" t nil)
27191
27192 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27193 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27194 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27195 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27196 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27197
27198 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27199 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27200 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27201 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27202 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27203 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27204 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27205
27206 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27207 mismatched $'s or braces.
27208
27209 Special commands:
27210 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27211
27212 Mode variables:
27213 slitex-run-command
27214 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27215 tex-directory
27216 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27217 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27218 tex-dvi-print-command
27219 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27220 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27221 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27222 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27223 tex-dvi-view-command
27224 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27225 tex-show-queue-command
27226 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27227 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27228
27229 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27230 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27231 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27232 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27233
27234 \(fn)" t nil)
27235
27236 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27237
27238
27239 \(fn)" nil nil)
27240
27241 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27242 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27243
27244 \(fn)" t nil)
27245
27246 ;;;***
27247 \f
27248 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27249 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
27250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27251
27252 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27253 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27254 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27255 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27256
27257 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27258 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27259 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27260
27261 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27262
27263 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27264 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27265 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27266 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27267 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27268
27269 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27270
27271 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27272 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27273 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27274 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27275
27276 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27277 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27278 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27279 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27280
27281 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27282 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27283
27284 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27285
27286 ;;;***
27287 \f
27288 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27289 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20665 37006 296704 255000))
27290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27291
27292 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27293 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27294
27295 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27296
27297 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27298 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27299
27300 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27301
27302 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27303 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27304
27305 It has these extra commands:
27306 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27307
27308 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27309 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27310 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27311 modified version of TeX input format.
27312
27313 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27314 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27315 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27316 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27317
27318 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27319 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27320 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27321 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27322 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27323 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27324 in the Texinfo file.
27325
27326 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27327 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27328 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27329 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27330 move forward past the closing brace.
27331
27332 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27333 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27334
27335 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27336 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27337 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27338
27339 Here are the functions:
27340
27341 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27342 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27343 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27344
27345 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27346 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27347 texinfo-master-menu
27348
27349 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27350
27351 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27352 which menu descriptions are indented.
27353
27354 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27355 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27356 in the region.
27357
27358 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27359 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27360 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27361 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27362
27363 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27364 be the first node in the file.
27365
27366 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27367 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27368
27369 \(fn)" t nil)
27370
27371 ;;;***
27372 \f
27373 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27374 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27375 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
27376 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27377
27378 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27379 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27380 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27381 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27382
27383 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27384
27385 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27386 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27387
27388 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27389
27390 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27391 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27392
27393 \(fn)" t nil)
27394
27395 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27396
27397
27398 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27399
27400 ;;;***
27401 \f
27402 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27403 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27404 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20623 2577 143277 474000))
27405 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27406
27407 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27408 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27409 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27410 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27411 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27412 `line', and `page'.
27413
27414 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27415
27416 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27417 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27418 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27419 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27420 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27421 `line', and `page'.
27422
27423 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27424 valid THING.
27425
27426 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27427 positions of the thing found.
27428
27429 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27430
27431 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27432 Return the THING at point.
27433 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27434 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27435 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27436 `line', `number', and `page'.
27437
27438 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27439 a symbol as a valid THING.
27440
27441 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27442
27443 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27444 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27445
27446 \(fn)" nil nil)
27447
27448 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27449 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27450
27451 \(fn)" nil nil)
27452
27453 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27454 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27455
27456 \(fn)" nil nil)
27457
27458 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27459 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27460
27461 \(fn)" nil nil)
27462
27463 ;;;***
27464 \f
27465 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27466 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27467 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27469
27470 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27471 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27472
27473 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27474
27475 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27476 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27477 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27478 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27479
27480 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27483 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27484
27485 \(fn)" t nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27488 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27489
27490 \(fn)" t nil)
27491
27492 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27493
27494 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27495 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27496
27497 \(fn)" t nil)
27498
27499 ;;;***
27500 \f
27501 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27502 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27503 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27504 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27505 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20533
27506 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
27507 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27508
27509 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27510 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27511 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27512
27513 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27514
27515 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27516 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27517
27518 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27519
27520 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27521 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27522 The returned string has no composition information.
27523
27524 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27525
27526 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27527 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27528
27529 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27530
27531 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27532 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27533
27534 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27535
27536 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27537 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27538 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27539 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27540
27541 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27542
27543 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27544 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27545 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27546 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27547
27548 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27549
27550 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27551 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27552 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27553
27554 \(fn)" t nil)
27555
27556 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27557 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27558 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27559
27560 \(fn)" t nil)
27561
27562 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27563
27564
27565 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27566
27567 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27568
27569
27570 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27571
27572 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27573
27574
27575 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27576
27577 ;;;***
27578 \f
27579 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27580 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
27581 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27582
27583 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27584 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27585 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27586 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27587 parameters.
27588 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27589
27590 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27591
27592 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27593 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27594 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27595 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27596 parameters.
27597 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27598
27599 \(fn)" t nil)
27600
27601 ;;;***
27602 \f
27603 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27604 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27605 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20622 16646 799433 0))
27606 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27607
27608 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27609 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27610
27611 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27612 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27613
27614 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27615 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27616 This display updates automatically every minute.
27617 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27618 are displayed as well.
27619 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27620
27621 \(fn)" t nil)
27622
27623 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27624 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27625 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27628 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27629
27630 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27631
27632 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27633 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27635 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27636 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27637
27638 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27639 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27640 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27641 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27642 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27643
27644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27645
27646 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27647 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27648 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27649 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27650
27651 \(fn)" t nil)
27652
27653 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27654 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27655 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27656 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27657
27658 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27659
27660 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27661 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27662
27663 \(fn)" t nil)
27664
27665 ;;;***
27666 \f
27667 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27668 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27669 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27670 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27671 ;;;;;; (20652 52617 313760 0))
27672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27673
27674 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27675 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27676 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27677
27678 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27679 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27680 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27681 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27682 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27683 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27684
27685 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27686 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27687
27688 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27691 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27692
27693 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27694
27695 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27696 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27697
27698 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27699
27700 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27701 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27702 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27703
27704 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27705
27706 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27707
27708 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27709 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27710 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27711
27712 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27713
27714 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27715 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27716
27717 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27718
27719 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27720 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27721 DATE should be a date-time string.
27722
27723 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27724
27725 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27726 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27727 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27728
27729 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27730
27731 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27732 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27733
27734 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27735
27736 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27737 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27738
27739 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27742 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27743 TIME should be a time value.
27744 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27745
27746 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27747
27748 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27749 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27750 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27751
27752 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27753
27754 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27755 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27756 The valid format specifiers are:
27757 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27758 %d is the number of days.
27759 %h is the number of hours.
27760 %m is the number of minutes.
27761 %s is the number of seconds.
27762 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27763 %% is a literal \"%\".
27764
27765 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27766 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27767
27768 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27769 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27770 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27771
27772 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27773 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27774 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27775
27776 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27777
27778 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27779
27780 ;;;***
27781 \f
27782 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27783 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20566 45666 534598 861000))
27784 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27785 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27786 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27787 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27788 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27789 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27790 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27791 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27792 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27793
27794 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27795 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27796 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27797 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27798 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27799 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27800 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27801 look like one of the following:
27802 Time-stamp: <>
27803 Time-stamp: \" \"
27804 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27805 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27806 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27807 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27808 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27809 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27810 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27811 the template.
27812
27813 \(fn)" t nil)
27814
27815 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27816 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27817 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27818
27819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27820
27821 ;;;***
27822 \f
27823 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27824 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27825 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27826 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27827 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
27828 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27829
27830 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27831 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27832 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27833 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27834 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27835 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27836 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27837 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27838 display (non-nil means on).
27839
27840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27841
27842 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27843 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27844 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27845 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27846 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27847 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27848 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27849 this function is called within a day.
27850
27851 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27852 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27853 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27854 discover the name of the project.
27855
27856 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27857
27858 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27859 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27860 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27861 begun during the last time segment.
27862
27863 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27864 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27865 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27866 discover the reason.
27867
27868 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27869
27870 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27871 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27872 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27873 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27874 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27875
27876 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27877
27878 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27879 Change to working on a different project.
27880 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27881 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27882 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27883 working on.
27884
27885 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27886
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27888 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27889 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27890
27891 \(fn)" nil nil)
27892
27893 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27894 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27895 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27896
27897 \(fn)" t nil)
27898
27899 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27900 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27901 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27902 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27903 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27904 \"relative to today\".
27905
27906 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27907
27908 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27909 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27910 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27911 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27912
27913 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27914
27915 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27916 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27917 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27918 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27919 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27920 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27921
27922 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27923
27924 ;;;***
27925 \f
27926 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27927 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
27928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27929
27930 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27931 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27932 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27933 the generated Quail package is saved.
27934
27935 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27936
27937 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27938 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27939 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27940 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27941 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27942 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27943 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27944
27945 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27946
27947 ;;;***
27948 \f
27949 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27950 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20622 16646 799433 0))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27952 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27953 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27954
27955 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27956 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27957 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27958 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27959 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27960
27961 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27962
27963 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27964 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27965 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27966 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27967 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27968
27969 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27970
27971 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27972 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27973 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27974 in the menu in two ways:
27975 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27976 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27977 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27978
27979 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27980 keymap or an alist of alists.
27981 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27982 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27983
27984 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27985
27986 ;;;***
27987 \f
27988 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27989 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27990 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
27991 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27992
27993 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27994 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27995
27996 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27997
27998 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27999 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28000
28001 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28002
28003 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28004 Insert new TODO list entry.
28005 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28006 category.
28007
28008 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28011 List top priorities for each category.
28012
28013 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28014 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28015
28016 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28017 between each category.
28018 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28019
28020 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28021
28022 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28023 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28024 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28025 between each category.
28026
28027 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28028
28029 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28030
28031 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28032 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28033
28034 \(fn)" t nil)
28035
28036 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28037 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28038
28039 \(fn)" nil nil)
28040
28041 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28042 Show TODO list.
28043
28044 \(fn)" t nil)
28045
28046 ;;;***
28047 \f
28048 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28049 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28050 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
28051 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28052
28053 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28054 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28055 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28056
28057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28058
28059 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28060 Add an item to the tool bar.
28061 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28062 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28063 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28064 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28065
28066 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28067 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28068 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28069 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28070
28071 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28072 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28073
28074 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28075
28076 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28077 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28078 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28079 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28080 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28081 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28082
28083 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28084 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28085 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28086 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28087
28088 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28089
28090 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28091 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28092 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28093 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28094 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28095 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28096 properties to add to the binding.
28097
28098 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28099
28100 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28101 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28102
28103 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28104
28105 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28106 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28107 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28108 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28109 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28110 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28111 properties to add to the binding.
28112
28113 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28114 holds a keymap.
28115
28116 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28117
28118 ;;;***
28119 \f
28120 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28121 ;;;;;; (20566 47027 18655 117000))
28122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28123
28124 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28125 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28126 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28129 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28130
28131 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28132
28133 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28134 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28136 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28137 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28138
28139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28140
28141 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28142
28143 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28144 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28145
28146 \(fn)" t nil)
28147
28148 ;;;***
28149 \f
28150 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28151 ;;;;;; (20566 46324 490624 377000))
28152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28153
28154 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28155 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28156
28157 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28158 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28159 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28160 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28161 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28162
28163 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28164 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28165 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28166 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28167 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28168
28169 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28170 (tpu-edt)
28171
28172 Known Problems:
28173
28174 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28175 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28176 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28177 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28178 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28179 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28180
28181 \(fn)" t nil)
28182
28183 ;;;***
28184 \f
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20533 50312
28186 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28188
28189 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28190 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28191 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28192 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28193 to a tcp server on another machine.
28194
28195 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28196
28197 ;;;***
28198 \f
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28200 ;;;;;; trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20652 52617
28201 ;;;;;; 313760 0))
28202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28203
28204 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28205 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28206
28207 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28208
28209 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28210 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28211 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28212 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28213 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28214 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28215 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28216 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28217
28218 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28219
28220 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28221 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28222 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28223 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28224 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28225 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28226 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28227 the window or buffer configuration.
28228
28229 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28230
28231 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28232
28233 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28234
28235 ;;;***
28236 \f
28237 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28238 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28239 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28240 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20652 52617 313760 0))
28241 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28242
28243 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28244 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28245 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28246
28247 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28248
28249 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28250 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28251
28252 It can have the following values:
28253
28254 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28255 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28256 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28257
28258 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28259
28260 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28261 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28262 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28263 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28264
28265 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28266
28267 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28268 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28269 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28270 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28271
28272 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28273 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28274 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28275
28276 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28277 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28278 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28279 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28280 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28281 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28282 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28283 files which are not really Tramp files.
28284
28285 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28286 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28287 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28288 updated after changing this variable.
28289
28290 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28291
28292 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28293 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28294 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28295 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28296
28297 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28298
28299 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28300 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28301 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28302 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28303
28304 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28305 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28306 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28307
28308 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28309 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28310 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28311
28312 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28313 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28314 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28315 updated after changing this variable.
28316
28317 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28318
28319 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28320 Alist of completion handler functions.
28321 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28322 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28323 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28324
28325 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28326 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28327 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28328 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28329
28330 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28331 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28332 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28333 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28334
28335 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28336 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28337 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28338
28339 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28340
28341 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28342 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28343 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28344
28345 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28346 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28347
28348 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28349
28350 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28351
28352
28353 \(fn)" nil nil)
28354
28355 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28356 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28357
28358 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28359
28360 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28361 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28362
28363 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28364
28365 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28366 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28367
28368 \(fn)" t nil)
28369
28370 ;;;***
28371 \f
28372 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28373 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
28374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28375
28376 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28377
28378
28379 \(fn)" nil nil)
28380
28381 ;;;***
28382 \f
28383 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20584
28384 ;;;;;; 355 183605 0))
28385 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28386
28387 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28388 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28389 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28390 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28391 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28392 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28393 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28394 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28395
28396 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28397 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28398 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28399
28400 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28401 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28402 resumed later.
28403
28404 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28405
28406 ;;;***
28407 \f
28408 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28409 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
28410 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28411
28412 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28413
28414
28415 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28416
28417 ;;;***
28418 \f
28419 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28420 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20566 46502 658633 677000))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28422 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28423 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28424 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28425
28426 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28427 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28428 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28429 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28430 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28431 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28432 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28433
28434 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28435
28436 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28437 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28438 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28439 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28440
28441 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28442
28443 \(fn)" t nil)
28444
28445 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28446 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28447 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28448 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28449 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28450 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28451 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28452
28453 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28454 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28455
28456 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28457 \\___/\\
28458 / \\
28459 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28460
28461 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28462
28463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28464
28465 ;;;***
28466 \f
28467 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28468 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28469 ;;;;;; (20584 355 183605 0))
28470 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28471
28472 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28473 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28474 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28477 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28478
28479 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28480
28481 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28482 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28483 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28484
28485 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28486 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28487 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28488 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28489 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28490 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28491 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28492
28493 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28494 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28495
28496 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28497 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28498 reset the keystroke counter.
28499
28500 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28501 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28502 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28503 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28504
28505 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28506 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28507 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28508 `type-break-schedule' command.
28509
28510 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28511 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28512 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28513 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28514 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28515 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28516 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28517 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28518 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28519
28520 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28521 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28522 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28523 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28524 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28525
28526 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28527 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28528 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28529 approximate good values for this.
28530
28531 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28532 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28533
28534 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28535 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28536 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28537 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28538 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28539 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28540
28541 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28542 a typing break occur. They include:
28543
28544 `type-break-query-mode'
28545 `type-break-query-function'
28546 `type-break-query-interval'
28547
28548 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28549
28550 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28551 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28552 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28553 problems.
28554
28555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28556
28557 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28558 Take a typing break.
28559
28560 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28561 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28562
28563 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28564 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28565
28566 \(fn)" t nil)
28567
28568 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28569 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28570 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28571 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28572
28573 \(fn)" t nil)
28574
28575 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28576 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28577
28578 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28579 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28580 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28581 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28582 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28583 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28584 average typing speed.)
28585
28586 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28587 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28588 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28589 the computed maximum threshold.
28590
28591 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28592 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28593 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28594 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28595 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28596
28597 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28598
28599 ;;;***
28600 \f
28601 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20566 46709
28602 ;;;;;; 606641 427000))
28603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28604
28605 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28606 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28607 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28608 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28609 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28610
28611 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28612
28613 ;;;***
28614 \f
28615 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28616 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28617 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28618 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28619 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28620 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28622
28623 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28624 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28625
28626 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28627
28628 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28629 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28630
28631 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28632
28633 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28634 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28635
28636 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28637
28638 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28639 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28640
28641 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28642
28643 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28644 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28645
28646 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28647
28648 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28649 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28650
28651 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28652
28653 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28654 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28655
28656 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28657
28658 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28659 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28660
28661 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28662
28663 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28664 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28665
28666 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28667
28668 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28669 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28670
28671 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28672
28673 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28674 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28675
28676 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28677
28678 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28679 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28680
28681 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28682
28683 ;;;***
28684 \f
28685 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28686 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28688
28689 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28690 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28691 Works by overstriking underscores.
28692 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28693 which specify the range to operate on.
28694
28695 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28696
28697 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28698 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28699 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28700 which specify the range to operate on.
28701
28702 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28703
28704 ;;;***
28705 \f
28706 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28707 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
28708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28709
28710 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28711 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28712 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28713 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28714 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28715 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28716
28717 \(fn)" nil nil)
28718
28719 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28720 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28721
28722 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28723
28724 ;;;***
28725 \f
28726 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20533
28727 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28729
28730 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28731 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28732 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28733 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28734
28735 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28736
28737 ;;;***
28738 \f
28739 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28740 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20601 13717 868555 169000))
28741 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28742
28743 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28744 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28745 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28746 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28747 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28748
28749 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28750 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28751 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28752 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28753 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28754 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28755
28756 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28757 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28758 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28759
28760 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28761 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28762 the callback is not called).
28763
28764 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28765 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28766 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28767 take effect.
28768
28769 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28770 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28771 the server.
28772 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28773 URL-encoded before it's used.
28774
28775 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28776
28777 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28778 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28779 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28780 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28781 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28782
28783 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28784
28785 ;;;***
28786 \f
28787 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28788 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
28789 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28790
28791 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28792 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28793 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28794
28795 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28796 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28797 `url-generic-parse-url'
28798 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28799 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28800 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28801 realm
28802 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28803 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28804 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28805 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28806 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28807 what type of auth to use
28808 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28809 if one cannot be found in the cache
28810
28811 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28812
28813 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28814 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28815
28816 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28817 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28818 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28819 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28820 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28821 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28822 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28823 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28824
28825 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28826
28827 ;;;***
28828 \f
28829 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28830 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
28831 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28832
28833 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28834 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28835
28836 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28837
28838 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28839 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28840 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28841
28842 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28843
28844 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28845 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28846
28847 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28848
28849 ;;;***
28850 \f
28851 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20533 50312
28852 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
28853 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28854
28855 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28856
28857
28858 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28859
28860 ;;;***
28861 \f
28862 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28863 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
28864 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28865
28866 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28867 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28868 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28869
28870 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28871
28872 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28873 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28874 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28875 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28876
28877 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28878 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28879 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28880 though.
28881
28882 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28883
28884 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28885 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28886 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28887
28888 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28889
28890 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28891
28892
28893 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28894
28895 ;;;***
28896 \f
28897 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20601
28898 ;;;;;; 54760 265680 0))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28900
28901 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28902 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28903
28904 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28905
28906 ;;;***
28907 \f
28908 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28909 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
28910 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28911
28912 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28913 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28914
28915 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28916
28917 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28918 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28919 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28920 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28921 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28922
28923 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28924
28925 ;;;***
28926 \f
28927 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28928 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28929 ;;;;;; (20584 355 183605 0))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28931
28932 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28933 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28934 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28937 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28938
28939 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28940
28941 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28942 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28946
28947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28948
28949 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28950 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28951 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28952 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28953
28954 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28955
28956 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28957 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28958 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28959 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28960 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28961 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28962 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28963 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28964 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28965 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28966
28967 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28970 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28971 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28972 accessible.
28973
28974 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28977
28978
28979 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28980
28981 ;;;***
28982 \f
28983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20601 13773 988556
28984 ;;;;;; 549000))
28985 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28986 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28987
28988 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28989 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28990 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28991 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28992 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28993
28994 ;;;***
28995 \f
28996 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20533 50312
28997 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
28998 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28999
29000 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29001
29002
29003 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29004
29005 ;;;***
29006 \f
29007 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20533
29008 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
29009 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29010
29011 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29012 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29013 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29014 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29015 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29016
29017 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29018
29019 ;;;***
29020 \f
29021 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29022 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29023 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29024
29025 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29026
29027
29028 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29029
29030 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29031 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29032
29033 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29034
29035 ;;;***
29036 \f
29037 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29038 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20668 17640 189346
29039 ;;;;;; 887000))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29041
29042 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29043 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29044
29045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29046
29047 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29048 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29049
29050 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29051
29052 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29053
29054
29055 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29056
29057 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29058
29059 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29060
29061 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29062
29063 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29064 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29065
29066 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29067
29068 ;;;***
29069 \f
29070 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29071 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29072 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29073
29074 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29075
29076
29077 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29080
29081
29082 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29083
29084 ;;;***
29085 \f
29086 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29087 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29088 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29089 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29090
29091 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29092
29093
29094 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29095
29096 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29097
29098
29099 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29100
29101 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29102
29103
29104 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29105
29106 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29107
29108
29109 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29110
29111 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29112
29113
29114 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29117
29118
29119 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29120
29121 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29122
29123
29124 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29125
29126 ;;;***
29127 \f
29128 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29129 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20648 29678 511980 0))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29131
29132 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29133 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29134
29135 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29136
29137 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29138 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29139 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29140
29141 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29142 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29143 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29144 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29145 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29146 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29147 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29148 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29149 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29150 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29151 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29152 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29153 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29154 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29155
29156 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29157 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29158 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29159
29160 Here is an example. The URL
29161
29162 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29163
29164 parses to
29165
29166 TYPE = \"foo\"
29167 USER = \"bob\"
29168 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29169 HOST = \"example.com\"
29170 PORTSPEC = 42
29171 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29172 TARGET = \"nose\"
29173 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29174 FULLNESS = t
29175
29176 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29177
29178 ;;;***
29179 \f
29180 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29181 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29182 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29183
29184 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29185 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29186
29187 \(fn)" t nil)
29188
29189 ;;;***
29190 \f
29191 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29192 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29193 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29194
29195 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29196 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29197 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29198 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29199 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29200 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29201
29202 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29203
29204 ;;;***
29205 \f
29206 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29207 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29208 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29209 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29210 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29211 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29212 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20584
29213 ;;;;;; 355 183605 0))
29214 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29215
29216 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29217 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29218 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29219
29220 If t, all messages will be logged.
29221 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29222 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29223
29224 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29225
29226 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29227
29228
29229 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29230
29231 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29232
29233
29234 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29235
29236 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29237 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29238 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29239 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29240 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29241 & ==> &amp;
29242 < ==> &lt;
29243 > ==> &gt;
29244 \" ==> &quot;
29245
29246 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29247
29248 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29249 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29250 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29251
29252 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29253
29254 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29255 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29256 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29257
29258 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29259
29260 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29261 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29262
29263 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29264
29265 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29266 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29267
29268 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29269
29270 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29271 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29272
29273 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29274
29275 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29276
29277
29278 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29279
29280 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29281
29282
29283 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29284
29285 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29286
29287
29288 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29289
29290 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29291
29292 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29293 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29294
29295 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29296
29297 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29298 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29299
29300 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29301
29302 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29303
29304
29305 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29306
29307 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29308 Build a query-string.
29309
29310 Given a QUERY in the form:
29311 '((key1 val1)
29312 (key2 val2)
29313 (key3 val1 val2)
29314 (key4)
29315 (key5 \"\"))
29316
29317 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29318
29319 This will return a string
29320 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29321 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29322 be used.
29323
29324 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29325
29326 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29327 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29328
29329 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29330
29331 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29332 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29333 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29334 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29335 forbidden in URL encoding.
29336
29337 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29338
29339 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29340 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29341 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29342 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29343 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29344 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29345
29346 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29347 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29348 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29349 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29350
29351 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29352
29353 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29354 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29355 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29356 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29357 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29358 should return it unchanged.
29359
29360 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29361
29362 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29363 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29364 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29365 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29366
29367 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29368
29369 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29370 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29371 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29372
29373 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29374
29375 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29376 View the current document's URL.
29377 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29378 the minibuffer.
29379
29380 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29381
29382 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29383
29384 ;;;***
29385 \f
29386 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29387 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20553 51521 311307 389000))
29388 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29389
29390 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29391 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29392 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29393 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29394 to refrain from editing the file
29395 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29396 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29397 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29398 in any way you like.
29399
29400 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29401
29402 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29403 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29404 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29405 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29406 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29407
29408 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29409 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29410
29411 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29412
29413 ;;;***
29414 \f
29415 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29416 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29417 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
29418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29419
29420 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29421
29422
29423 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29424
29425 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29426
29427
29428 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29429
29430 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29431
29432
29433 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29434
29435 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29436
29437
29438 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29439
29440 ;;;***
29441 \f
29442 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20533 50312
29443 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
29444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29445
29446 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29447 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29448
29449 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29450
29451 ;;;***
29452 \f
29453 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29454 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29455 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29457
29458 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29459 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29460 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29461 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29462
29463 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29464
29465 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29466 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29467 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29468
29469 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29470
29471 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29472 Uudecode region between START and END.
29473 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29474
29475 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29476
29477 ;;;***
29478 \f
29479 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29480 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29481 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29482 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29483 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29484 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29485 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20668
29486 ;;;;;; 15033 902481 0))
29487 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29488
29489 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29490 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29491 See `run-hooks'.")
29492
29493 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29494
29495 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29496 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29497 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29498
29499 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29500
29501 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29502 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29503 See `run-hooks'.")
29504
29505 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29506
29507 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29508 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29509 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29510 same state. If not, signal an error.
29511
29512 For merging-based version control systems:
29513 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29514 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29515 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29516 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29517 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29518 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29519
29520 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29521 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29522 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29523 the file(s) for editing.
29524 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29525 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29526 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29527 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29528 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29529 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29530
29531 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29532
29533 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29534 Register into a version control system.
29535 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29536 Otherwise register the current file.
29537 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29538 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29539
29540 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29541 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29542 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29543 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29544 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29545 first backend that could register the file is used.
29546
29547 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29548
29549 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29550 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29551
29552 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29553
29554 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29555 Display diffs between file revisions.
29556 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29557 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29558 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29559
29560 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29561 saving the buffer.
29562
29563 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29564
29565 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29566 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29567 repository history using ediff.
29568
29569 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29570
29571 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29572 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29573 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29574 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29575 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29576
29577 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29578 saving the buffer.
29579
29580 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29583 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29584 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29585 fileset with the working revision.
29586 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29587 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29588
29589 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29590 saving the buffer.
29591
29592 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29593
29594 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29595 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29596 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29597 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29598
29599 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29600
29601 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29602 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29603 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29604 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29605
29606 \(fn)" t nil)
29607
29608 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29609 Perform a version control merge operation.
29610 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29611 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29612 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29613 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29614
29615 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29616 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29617 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29618 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29619 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29620 changes from the current branch.
29621
29622 \(fn)" t nil)
29623
29624 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29625
29626 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29627 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29628 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29629 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29630 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29631 checked out in that new branch.
29632
29633 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29634
29635 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29636 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29637 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29638 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29639 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29640 allowed and simply skipped).
29641
29642 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29643
29644 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29645 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29646 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29647 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29648 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29649
29650 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29651 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29652
29653 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29654
29655 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29656 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29657 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29658 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29659 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29660
29661 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29662
29663 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29664 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29665 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29666
29667 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29668
29669 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29670 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29671 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29672
29673 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29674
29675 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29676 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29677 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29678 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29679
29680 \(fn)" t nil)
29681
29682 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29683 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29684 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29685 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29686
29687 \(fn)" t nil)
29688
29689 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29690
29691 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29692 Update the current fileset or branch.
29693 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29694 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29695 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29696 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29697
29698 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29699 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29700 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29701 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29702 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29703
29704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29705
29706 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29707
29708 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29709 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29710 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29711 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29712 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29713 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29714 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29715
29716 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29717
29718 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29719 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29720 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29721 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29722 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29723 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29724 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29725 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29726 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29727
29728 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29729
29730 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29731 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29732 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29733 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29734
29735 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29736
29737 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29738 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29739 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29740 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29741
29742 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29743
29744 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29745 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29746 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29747 directory.
29748
29749 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29750
29751 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29752 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29753 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29754
29755 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29756 log entries should be gathered.
29757
29758 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29759
29760 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29761 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29762
29763 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29764
29765 ;;;***
29766 \f
29767 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29768 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29769 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29770
29771 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29772 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29773
29774 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29775 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29776 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29777 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29778 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29779 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29780
29781 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29782 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29783 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29784 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29785 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29786 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29787 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29788 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29789
29790 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29791
29792 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29793
29794 Customization variables:
29795
29796 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29797 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29798 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29799 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29800
29801 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29802
29803 ;;;***
29804 \f
29805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20533 50312 678915
29806 ;;;;;; 0))
29807 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29808 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29809 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29810 (progn
29811 (load "vc-arch")
29812 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29813
29814 ;;;***
29815 \f
29816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20584 355 183605 0))
29817 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29818
29819 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29820 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29821
29822 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29823 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29824 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29825 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29826 (progn
29827 (load "vc-bzr")
29828 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29829
29830 ;;;***
29831 \f
29832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20542 54621 56606
29833 ;;;;;; 0))
29834 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29835 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29836 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29837 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29838 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29839 (load "vc-cvs")
29840 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29841
29842 ;;;***
29843 \f
29844 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir vc-dir-mode) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20664
29845 ;;;;;; 5610 38100 0))
29846 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29847
29848 (autoload 'vc-dir-mode "vc-dir" "\
29849 Major mode for VC directory buffers.
29850 Marking/Unmarking key bindings and actions:
29851 m - mark a file/directory
29852 - if the region is active, mark all the files in region.
29853 Restrictions: - a file cannot be marked if any parent directory is marked
29854 - a directory cannot be marked if any child file or
29855 directory is marked
29856 u - unmark a file/directory
29857 - if the region is active, unmark all the files in region.
29858 M - if the cursor is on a file: mark all the files with the same state as
29859 the current file
29860 - if the cursor is on a directory: mark all child files
29861 - with a prefix argument: mark all files
29862 U - if the cursor is on a file: unmark all the files with the same state
29863 as the current file
29864 - if the cursor is on a directory: unmark all child files
29865 - with a prefix argument: unmark all files
29866 mouse-2 - toggles the mark state
29867
29868 VC commands
29869 VC commands in the `C-x v' prefix can be used.
29870 VC commands act on the marked entries. If nothing is marked, VC
29871 commands act on the current entry.
29872
29873 Search & Replace
29874 S - searches the marked files
29875 Q - does a query replace on the marked files
29876 M-s a C-s - does an isearch on the marked files
29877 M-s a C-M-s - does a regexp isearch on the marked files
29878 If nothing is marked, these commands act on the current entry.
29879 When a directory is current or marked, the Search & Replace
29880 commands act on the child files of that directory that are displayed in
29881 the *vc-dir* buffer.
29882
29883 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29884
29885 \(fn)" t nil)
29886
29887 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29888 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29889 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29890 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29891 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29892
29893 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29894 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29895 The file lines appear later.
29896
29897 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29898 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29899
29900 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29901
29902 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29903
29904 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29905
29906 ;;;***
29907 \f
29908 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29909 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
29910 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29911
29912 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29913 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29914 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29915 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29916 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29917 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29918 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29919 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29920 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29921 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29922 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29923 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29924 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29925 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29926 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29927
29928 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29929
29930 ;;;***
29931 \f
29932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20664 25386 555095
29933 ;;;;;; 685000))
29934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29935 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29936 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29937 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29938 (progn
29939 (load "vc-git")
29940 (vc-git-registered file))))
29941
29942 ;;;***
29943 \f
29944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20665 28029 52155 0))
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29946 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29947 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29948 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29949 (progn
29950 (load "vc-hg")
29951 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29952
29953 ;;;***
29954 \f
29955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20533 50312 678915
29956 ;;;;;; 0))
29957 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29958
29959 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29960 Name of the monotone directory.")
29961
29962 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29963 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29964 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29965 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29966 (progn
29967 (load "vc-mtn")
29968 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29969
29970 ;;;***
29971 \f
29972 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29973 ;;;;;; (20584 355 183605 0))
29974 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29975
29976 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29977 Where to look for RCS master files.
29978 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29979
29980 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29981
29982 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29983
29984 ;;;***
29985 \f
29986 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29987 ;;;;;; (20584 355 183605 0))
29988 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29989
29990 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29991 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29992 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29993
29994 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29995
29996 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29997
29998 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29999 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30000 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30001 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30002
30003 ;;;***
30004 \f
30005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20648 29678 511980
30006 ;;;;;; 0))
30007 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30008 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30009 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30010 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30011 "_svn")
30012 (t ".svn"))))
30013 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30014 (load "vc-svn")
30015 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30016
30017 ;;;***
30018 \f
30019 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30020 ;;;;;; (20576 17562 243997 985000))
30021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30022 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30023
30024 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30025 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30026
30027 Usage:
30028 ------
30029
30030 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30031 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30032 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30033 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30034
30035 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30036 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30037 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30038 completions.
30039
30040 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30041 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30042
30043 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30044 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30045
30046 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30047 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30048 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30049
30050 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30051
30052
30053 Maintenance:
30054 ------------
30055
30056 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30057 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30058
30059 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30060
30061 Official distribution is at
30062 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30063
30064
30065 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30066 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30067
30068 Key bindings:
30069 -------------
30070
30071 \\{vera-mode-map}
30072
30073 \(fn)" t nil)
30074
30075 ;;;***
30076 \f
30077 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30078 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
30079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30080
30081 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30082 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30083 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30084 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30085 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30086
30087 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30088
30089 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30090 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30091
30092 Supports highlighting.
30093
30094 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30095 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30096
30097 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30098
30099 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30100 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30101 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30102 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30103 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30104 on the left side of your screen.
30105 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30106 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30107 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30108 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30109 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30110 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30111 function keyword.
30112 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30113 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30114 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30115 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30116 if (a)
30117 begin
30118 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30119 Indentation for case statements.
30120 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30121 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30122 mark after an end.
30123 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30124 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30125 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30126 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30127 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30128 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30129 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30130 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30131 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30132 if (a)
30133 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30134 otherwise you get:
30135 if (a)
30136 begin
30137 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30138 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30139 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30140 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30141 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30142 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30143 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30144 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30145 comments in tight quarters.
30146 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30147 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30148
30149 Variables controlling other actions:
30150
30151 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30152 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30153 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30154
30155 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30156
30157 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30158
30159 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30160 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30161 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30162
30163 Some other functions are:
30164
30165 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30166 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30167 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30168 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30169 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30170
30171 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30172 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30173 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30174 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30175
30176 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30177 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30178 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30179 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30180 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30181 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30182 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30183 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30184 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30185 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30186 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30187 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30188 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30189 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30190 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30191 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30192 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30193 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30194 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30195 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30196 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30197 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30198 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30199 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30200 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30201 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30202 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30203 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30204 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30205 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30206
30207 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30208 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30209
30210 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30211
30212 \(fn)" t nil)
30213
30214 ;;;***
30215 \f
30216 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30217 ;;;;;; (20594 14884 858174 0))
30218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30219
30220 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30221 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30222
30223 Usage:
30224 ------
30225
30226 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30227 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30228 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30229 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30230 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30231 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30232 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30233 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30234 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30235
30236 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30237 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30238 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30239 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30240
30241 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30242 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30243 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30244 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30245 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30246
30247 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30248 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30249
30250
30251 HEADER INSERTION:
30252 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30253 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30254 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30255
30256
30257 STUTTERING:
30258 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30259 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30260 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30261 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30262
30263 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30264 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30265 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30266 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30267 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30268
30269
30270 WORD COMPLETION:
30271 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30272 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30273 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30274 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30275
30276 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30277 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30278 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30279 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30280 beginning with \"std\").
30281
30282 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30283 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30284 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30285 stop.
30286
30287
30288 COMMENTS:
30289 `--' puts a single comment.
30290 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30291 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30292 with a comment in between.
30293 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30294 out following lines.
30295 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30296 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30297 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30298 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30299
30300 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30301 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30302 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30303 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30304 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30305 non-nil.
30306
30307 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30308 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30309 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30310 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30311 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30312 multi-line comments.
30313
30314
30315 INDENTATION:
30316 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30317 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30318 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30319 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30320 the entire region.
30321
30322 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30323 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30324 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30325 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30326
30327 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30328 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30329 and vice versa.
30330
30331 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30332 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30333
30334 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30335 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30336 line.
30337
30338
30339 ALIGNMENT:
30340 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30341 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30342 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30343 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30344 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30345 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30346 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30347 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30348
30349 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30350 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30351 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30352 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30353 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30354 is non-nil.
30355
30356 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30357 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30358 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30359
30360 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30361 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30362
30363
30364 CODE FILLING:
30365 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30366 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30367 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30368 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30369 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30370 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30371
30372
30373 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30374 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30375 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30376 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30377 command:
30378
30379 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30380
30381
30382 PORT TRANSLATION:
30383 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30384 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30385 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30386 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30387 internal signal initializations (menu).
30388
30389 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30390 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30391 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30392
30393 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30394 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30395 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30396 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30397 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30398 in subsequent paste operations.)
30399
30400 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30401 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30402 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30403
30404
30405 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30406 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30407 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30408 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30409 association list with formals).
30410
30411
30412 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30413 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30414 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30415 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30416 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30417 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30418 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30419 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30420 `vhdl-testbench'.
30421
30422
30423 KEY BINDINGS:
30424 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30425
30426
30427 VHDL MENU:
30428 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30429
30430
30431 FILE BROWSER:
30432 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30433 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30434 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30435
30436 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30437 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30438
30439
30440 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30441 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30442 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30443 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30444
30445 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30446 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30447 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30448
30449 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30450 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30451 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30452 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30453
30454 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30455 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30456 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30457 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30458 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30459
30460 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30461 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30462 required by secondary units.
30463
30464
30465 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30466 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30467 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30468 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30469 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30470 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30471 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30472 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30473 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30474 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30475 inputs to this component -> input port created
30476 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30477 outputs from this component -> output port created
30478 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30479 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30480
30481 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30482 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30483 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30484 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30485 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30486
30487 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30488 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30489
30490 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30491 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30492 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30493 component instantiation is also supported (option
30494 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30495
30496 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30497 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30498 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30499 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30500 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30501 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30502 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30503 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30504 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30505 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30506 generating the configuration.
30507
30508 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30509 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30510 configurations in speedbar.
30511
30512 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30513
30514
30515 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30516 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30517 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30518 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30519 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30520 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30521 information. New compilers can be added.
30522
30523 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30524 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30525
30526
30527 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30528 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30529 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30530 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30531 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30532
30533 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30534 command:
30535
30536 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30537 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30538 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30539
30540 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30541 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30542 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30543 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30544 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30545 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30546 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30547 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30548 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30549
30550 Limitations:
30551 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30552 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30553 not (yet) supported.
30554 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30555 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30556 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30557
30558
30559 PROJECTS:
30560 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30561 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30562 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30563 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30564 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30565 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30566 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30567 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30568
30569 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30570 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30571 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30572 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30573 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30574 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30575 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30576 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30577 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30578 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30579 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30580
30581
30582 SPECIAL MENUES:
30583 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30584 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30585 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30586 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30587 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30588 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30589 current directory for VHDL source files.
30590
30591
30592 VHDL STANDARDS:
30593 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30594 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30595
30596
30597 KEYWORD CASE:
30598 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30599 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30600 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30601 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30602 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30603 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30604 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30605 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30606
30607
30608 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30609 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30610 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30611 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30612 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30613 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30614 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30615
30616 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30617 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30618 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30619 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30620 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30621 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30622
30623 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30624 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30625 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30626 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30627 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30628 visually.
30629
30630 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30631 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30632 highlighted if written in lower case.
30633
30634 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30635 highlighted using a different background color if option
30636 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30637
30638 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30639 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30640 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30641 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30642 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30643
30644
30645 USER MODELS:
30646 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30647 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30648 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30649
30650
30651 HIDE/SHOW:
30652 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30653 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30654 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30655 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30656 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30657
30658
30659 CODE UPDATING:
30660 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30661 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30662 Limitations:
30663 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30664 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30665 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30666 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30667 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30668 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30669 (used to obtain the port names).
30670 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30671 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30672 sensitivity lists.
30673
30674
30675 CODE FIXING:
30676 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30677 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30678
30679
30680 PRINTING:
30681 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30682 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30683 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30684 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30685 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30686 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30687 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30688 printers.
30689
30690
30691 OPTIONS:
30692 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30693 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30694 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30695 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30696 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30697
30698 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30699 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30700 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30701 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30702 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30703 INSTALL file).
30704
30705 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30706 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30707
30708
30709 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30710 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30711 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30712 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30713
30714 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30715
30716
30717 HINTS:
30718 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30719 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30720
30721 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30722
30723 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30724
30725 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30726
30727
30728 RELEASE NOTES:
30729 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30730
30731
30732 Maintenance:
30733 ------------
30734
30735 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30736 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30737
30738 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30739
30740 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30741 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30742 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30743 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30744
30745 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30746 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30747 where the latest version can be found.
30748
30749
30750 Known problems:
30751 ---------------
30752
30753 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30754 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30755 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30756 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30757
30758
30759 The VHDL Mode Authors
30760 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30761
30762 Key bindings:
30763 -------------
30764
30765 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30766
30767 \(fn)" t nil)
30768
30769 ;;;***
30770 \f
30771 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 46321 482625
30772 ;;;;;; 150000))
30773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30774
30775 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30776 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30777 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30778 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30779
30780 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30781 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30782 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30783 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30784 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30785
30786 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30787 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30788
30789 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30790
30791 * Limitations and unsupported features
30792 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30793 not supported.
30794 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30795 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30796
30797 * Modifications
30798 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30799 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30800 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30801 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30802 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30803 for undoing a repeated change command.
30804 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30805 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30806 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30807
30808 * Extensions
30809 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30810 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30811 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30812 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30813 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30814 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30815 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30816 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30817
30818 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30819
30820 \(fn)" t nil)
30821
30822 ;;;***
30823 \f
30824 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30825 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30826 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30827 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
30828 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30829
30830 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30831 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30832
30833 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30834
30835 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30836 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30837 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30838 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30839
30840 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30841
30842 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30843 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30844
30845 \(fn)" t nil)
30846
30847 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30848 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30849 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30850 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30851
30852 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30853
30854 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30855 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30856
30857 \(fn)" t nil)
30858
30859 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30860
30861
30862 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30863
30864 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30865
30866
30867 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30868
30869 ;;;***
30870 \f
30871 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30872 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30873 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30874 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30875 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20574 60285 453605 907000))
30876 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30877
30878 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30879 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30880 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30881
30882 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30883
30884 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30885 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30886 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30887 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30888
30889 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30890
30891 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30892 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30893
30894 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30895
30896 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30897 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30898 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30899 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30900 moving around in the buffer.
30901 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30902 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30903
30904 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30905
30906 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30907
30908 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30909 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30910 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30911 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30912
30913 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30914 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30915 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30916 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30917 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30918
30919 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30920
30921 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30922
30923 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30924 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30925 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30926 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30927 buffer.
30928
30929 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30930 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30931 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30932 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30933 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30934
30935 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30936
30937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30938
30939 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30940 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30942 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30943 moving around in the buffer.
30944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30945 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30946
30947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30948
30949 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30950 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30951 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30952
30953 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30954 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30955 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30956 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30957
30958 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30959 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30960 own View-like bindings.
30961
30962 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30963
30964 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30965 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30966 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30967 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30968 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30969 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30970 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30971
30972 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30973
30974 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30975
30976 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30977 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30978 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30979
30980 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30981 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30982 own View-like bindings.
30983
30984 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30985
30986 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30987 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30988 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30989 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30990 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30991 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30992 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30993
30994 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30995
30996 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30997
30998 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30999 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31000 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31001
31002 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31003 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31004 own View-like bindings.
31005
31006 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31007
31008 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31009 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31011 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31012 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31013
31014 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31015 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31016 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31017 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31018
31019 \\<view-mode-map>
31020
31021 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31022 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31023 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31024 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31025 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31026 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31027 to a repeat count of one.
31028
31029 H, h, ? This message.
31030 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31031 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31032 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31033 > move to the end of buffer.
31034 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31035 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31036 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31037 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31038 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31039 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31040 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31041 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31042 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31043 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31044 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31045 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31046 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31047 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31048 Use this to view a changing file.
31049 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31050 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31051 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31052 . set the mark.
31053 x exchanges point and mark.
31054 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31055 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31056 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31057 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31058 ' go to position saved in character register.
31059 s do forward incremental search.
31060 r do reverse incremental search.
31061 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31062 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31063 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31064 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31065 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31066 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31067 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31068 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31069 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31070 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31071 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31072 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31073 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31074 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31075 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31076 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31077 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31078
31079 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31080 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31081 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31082 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31083 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31084 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31085 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31086 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31087 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31088
31089 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31090
31091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31092
31093 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31094 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31095 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31096 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31097 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31098 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31099 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31100 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31101 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31102
31103 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31104
31105 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31106
31107 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31108 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31109 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31110 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31111 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31112 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31113
31114 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31115 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31116 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31117
31118 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31119
31120 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31121
31122 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31123
31124 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31125 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31126
31127 \(fn)" t nil)
31128
31129 ;;;***
31130 \f
31131 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20533
31132 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
31133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31134
31135 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31136 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31137
31138 \(fn)" nil nil)
31139
31140 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31141 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31142
31143 \(fn)" t nil)
31144
31145 ;;;***
31146 \f
31147 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31148 ;;;;;; (20566 46795 194646 255000))
31149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31150
31151 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31152 Toggle Viper on/off.
31153 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31154
31155 \(fn)" t nil)
31156
31157 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31158 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31159
31160 \(fn)" t nil)
31161
31162 ;;;***
31163 \f
31164 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31165 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
31166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31167
31168 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31169 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31170 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31171 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31172 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31173 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31174 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31175 the beginning of the warning.")
31176
31177 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31178 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31179 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31180 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31181 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31182 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31183 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31184 also call that function before the next warning.")
31185
31186 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31187 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31188
31189 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31190 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31191 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31192 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31193
31194 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31195 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31196 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31197 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31198 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31199 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31200
31201 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31202 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31203 Default is :warning.
31204
31205 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31206 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31207 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31208 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31209 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31210 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31211
31212 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31213 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31214 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31215
31216 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31217
31218 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31219 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31220
31221 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31222
31223 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31224 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31225 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31226 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31227
31228 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31229 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31230 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31231 can be whatever you like.)
31232
31233 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31234 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31235
31236 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31237 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31238 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31239 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31240 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31241
31242 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31243
31244 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31245 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31246 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31247 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31248 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31249
31250 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31251
31252 ;;;***
31253 \f
31254 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31255 ;;;;;; (20656 14460 296991 0))
31256 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31257
31258 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31259 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31260 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31261 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31262 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31263 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31264 directories to reflect your edits.
31265
31266 See `wdired-mode'.
31267
31268 \(fn)" t nil)
31269
31270 ;;;***
31271 \f
31272 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20566 45342
31273 ;;;;;; 918583 804000))
31274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31275
31276 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31277 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31278
31279 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31280 hotlist.
31281
31282 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31283 <nwv@acm.org>.
31284
31285 \(fn)" t nil)
31286
31287 ;;;***
31288 \f
31289 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31290 ;;;;;; (20613 39767 44650 0))
31291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31292 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31293 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31294
31295 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31296
31297 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31298 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31299 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31302 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31303
31304 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31305
31306 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31307 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31311
31312 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31313 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31314 in certain major modes.
31315
31316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31317
31318 ;;;***
31319 \f
31320 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31321 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31322 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31323 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20533 50312
31324 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
31325 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31326
31327 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31328 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31332
31333 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31334 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31335
31336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31337
31338 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31339 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31341 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31342 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31343
31344 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31345 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31346 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31347 use `whitespace-mode'.
31348
31349 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31350
31351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31352
31353 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31354 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31355 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31358 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31359
31360 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31361
31362 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31363 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31365 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31366 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31367
31368 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31369 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31370
31371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31372
31373 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31374 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31375 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31378 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31379
31380 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31381
31382 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31383 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31385 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31386 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31387
31388 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31389 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31390 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31391 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31392
31393 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31394
31395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31396
31397 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31398 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31399
31400 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31401 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31402
31403 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31404 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31405
31406 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31407
31408 CHAR MEANING
31409 (VIA FACES)
31410 f toggle face visualization
31411 t toggle TAB visualization
31412 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31413 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31414 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31415 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31416 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31417 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31418 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31419 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31420 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31421 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31422 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31423 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31424 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31425 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31426 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31427
31428 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31429 T toggle TAB visualization
31430 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31431 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31432
31433 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31434 ? display brief help
31435
31436 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31437 The valid symbols are:
31438
31439 face toggle face visualization
31440 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31441 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31442 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31443 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31444 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31445 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31446 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31447 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31448 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31449 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31450 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31451 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31452 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31453 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31454 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31455 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31456
31457 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31458 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31459 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31460
31461 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31462
31463 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31464
31465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31466
31467 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31468 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31469
31470 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31471 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31472
31473 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31474 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31475
31476 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31477
31478 CHAR MEANING
31479 (VIA FACES)
31480 f toggle face visualization
31481 t toggle TAB visualization
31482 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31483 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31484 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31485 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31486 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31487 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31488 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31489 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31490 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31491 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31492 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31493 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31494 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31495 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31496 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31497
31498 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31499 T toggle TAB visualization
31500 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31501 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31502
31503 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31504 ? display brief help
31505
31506 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31507 The valid symbols are:
31508
31509 face toggle face visualization
31510 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31511 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31512 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31513 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31514 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31515 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31516 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31517 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31518 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31519 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31520 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31521 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31522 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31523 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31524 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31525 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31526
31527 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31528 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31529 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31530
31531 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31532
31533 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31534
31535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31536
31537 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31538 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31539
31540 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31541 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31542 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31543 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31544 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31545
31546 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31547
31548 The problems cleaned up are:
31549
31550 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31551 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31552 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31553 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31554
31555 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31556 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31557 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31558 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31559 SPACEs.
31560 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31561 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31562 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31563 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31564
31565 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31566 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31567 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31568 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31569 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31570 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31571 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31572 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31573
31574 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31575 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31576 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31577
31578 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31579 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31580 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31581 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31582 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31583 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31584 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31585 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31586
31587 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31588 documentation.
31589
31590 \(fn)" t nil)
31591
31592 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31593 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31594
31595 The problems cleaned up are:
31596
31597 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31598 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31599 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31600 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31601 SPACEs.
31602 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31603 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31604 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31605 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31606
31607 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31608 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31609 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31610 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31611 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31612 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31613 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31614 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31615
31616 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31617 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31618 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31619
31620 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31621 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31622 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31623 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31624 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31625 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31626 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31627 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31628
31629 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31630 documentation.
31631
31632 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31633
31634 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31635 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31636
31637 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31638 non-nil.
31639
31640 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31641 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31642 `whitespace-style' to have:
31643
31644 empty
31645 trailing
31646 indentation
31647 space-before-tab
31648 space-after-tab
31649
31650 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31651 whitespace problems in buffer.
31652
31653 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31654
31655 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31656 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31657 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31658 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31659 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31660 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31661 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31662
31663 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31664 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31665 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31666 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31667 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31668 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31669 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31670
31671 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31672 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31673 cleaning up these problems.
31674
31675 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31676
31677 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31678 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31679
31680 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31681 non-nil.
31682
31683 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31684 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31685 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31686
31687 empty
31688 indentation
31689 space-before-tab
31690 trailing
31691 space-after-tab
31692
31693 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31694 whitespace problems in buffer.
31695
31696 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31697
31698 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31699 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31700 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31701 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31702 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31703 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31704 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31705
31706 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31707 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31708 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31709 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31710 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31711 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31712 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31713
31714 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31715 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31716 cleaning up these problems.
31717
31718 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31719
31720 ;;;***
31721 \f
31722 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31723 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20533 50312
31724 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
31725 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31726
31727 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31728 Browse the widget under point.
31729
31730 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31731
31732 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31733 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31734
31735 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31736
31737 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31738 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31739
31740 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31741
31742 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31743 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31744 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31745 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31746 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31747
31748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31749
31750 ;;;***
31751 \f
31752 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31753 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20533
31754 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
31755 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31756
31757 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31758 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31759
31760 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31761
31762 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31763 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31764 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31765
31766 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31767
31768 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31769 Create widget of TYPE.
31770 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31771
31772 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31773
31774 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31775 Delete WIDGET.
31776
31777 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31778
31779 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31780 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31781
31782 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31783
31784 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31785 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31786 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31787 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31788
31789 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31790 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31791
31792 \(fn)" nil nil)
31793
31794 ;;;***
31795 \f
31796 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31797 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20566
31798 ;;;;;; 44765 218559 34000))
31799 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31800
31801 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31802 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31803 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31804 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31805 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31806 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31807 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31808
31809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31810
31811 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31812 Select the window above the current one.
31813 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31814 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31815 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31816 negative ARG) of the current window.
31817 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31818
31819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31820
31821 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31822 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31823 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31824 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31825 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31826 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31827 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31828
31829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31830
31831 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31832 Select the window below the current one.
31833 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31834 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31835 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31836 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31837 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31838
31839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31840
31841 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31842 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31843 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31844 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31845
31846 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31847
31848 ;;;***
31849 \f
31850 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20584 355 183605
31851 ;;;;;; 0))
31852 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31853
31854 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31855 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31856 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31859 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31860
31861 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31862
31863 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31864 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31866 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31867 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31868 \\{winner-mode-map}
31869
31870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31871
31872 ;;;***
31873 \f
31874 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31875 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20656 64489 79784
31876 ;;;;;; 260000))
31877 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31878
31879 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31880 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31881 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31882 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31883 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31884
31885 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31886
31887 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31888 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31889 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31890 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31891 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31892 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31893 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31894 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31895
31896 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31897 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31898
31899 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31900
31901 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31902 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31903
31904 \(fn)" t nil)
31905
31906 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31907 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31908 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31909 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31910 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31911 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31912 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31913 `woman' command for further details.
31914
31915 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31916
31917 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31918 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31919
31920 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31921
31922 ;;;***
31923 \f
31924 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31925 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
31926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31927
31928 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31929 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31930
31931 BUGS:
31932 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31933 are not implemented
31934 - Options for search and replace
31935 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31936 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31937
31938 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31939 Emacs-like.
31940
31941 The key bindings are:
31942
31943 C-a backward-word
31944 C-b fill-paragraph
31945 C-c scroll-up-line
31946 C-d forward-char
31947 C-e previous-line
31948 C-f forward-word
31949 C-g delete-char
31950 C-h backward-char
31951 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31952 C-j help-for-help
31953 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31954 C-l ws-repeat-search
31955 C-n open-line
31956 C-p quoted-insert
31957 C-r scroll-down-line
31958 C-s backward-char
31959 C-t kill-word
31960 C-u keyboard-quit
31961 C-v overwrite-mode
31962 C-w scroll-down
31963 C-x next-line
31964 C-y kill-complete-line
31965 C-z scroll-up
31966
31967 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31968 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31969 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31970 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31971 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31972 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31973 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31974 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31975 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31976 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31977 C-k b ws-begin-block
31978 C-k c ws-copy-block
31979 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31980 C-k f find-file
31981 C-k h ws-show-markers
31982 C-k i ws-indent-block
31983 C-k k ws-end-block
31984 C-k p ws-print-block
31985 C-k q kill-emacs
31986 C-k r insert-file
31987 C-k s save-some-buffers
31988 C-k t ws-mark-word
31989 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31990 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31991 C-k v ws-move-block
31992 C-k w ws-write-block
31993 C-k x kill-emacs
31994 C-k y ws-delete-block
31995
31996 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31997 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31998 C-o j justify-current-line
31999 C-o k kill-buffer
32000 C-o l list-buffers
32001 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32002 C-o r set-fill-column
32003 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32004 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32005 C-o wh split-window-right
32006 C-o wo other-window
32007 C-o wv split-window-below
32008
32009 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32010 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32011 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32012 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32013 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32014 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32015 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32016 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32017 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32018 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32019 C-q a ws-query-replace
32020 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32021 C-q c end-of-buffer
32022 C-q d end-of-line
32023 C-q f ws-search
32024 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32025 C-q l ws-undo
32026 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32027 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32028 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32029 C-q w ws-last-error
32030 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32031 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32032
32033 \(fn)" t nil)
32034
32035 ;;;***
32036 \f
32037 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20533 50312
32038 ;;;;;; 678915 0))
32039 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32040
32041 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32042 Perform an interactive search.
32043 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32044 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32045 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32046 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32047
32048 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32049 Example:
32050
32051 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32052
32053 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32054
32055 ;;;***
32056 \f
32057 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32058 ;;;;;; (20533 50312 678915 0))
32059 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32060
32061 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32062 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32063 Return the top node with all its children.
32064 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32065
32066 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32067 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32068 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32069
32070 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32071
32072 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32073 namespace to URIs instead.
32074
32075 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32076 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32077
32078 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32079
32080 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32081
32082 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32083
32084 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32085 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32086 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32087 not contain well-formed XML.
32088
32089 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32090 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32091 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32092 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32093 element of the list.
32094 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32095 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32096 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32097
32098 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32099
32100 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32101 namespace to URIs instead.
32102
32103 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32104 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32105
32106 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32107
32108 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32109
32110 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32111
32112 ;;;***
32113 \f
32114 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32115 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
32116 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32117
32118 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32119 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32120 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32121 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32122 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32123 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32124 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32125 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32126 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32127 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32128
32129 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32130
32131 ;;;***
32132 \f
32133 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20533
32134 ;;;;;; 50312 678915 0))
32135 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32136
32137 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32138 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32139 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32142 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32143
32144 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32145
32146 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32147 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32149 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32150 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32151
32152 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32153 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32154 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32155 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32156 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32157 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32158
32159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32160
32161 ;;;***
32162 \f
32163 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32164 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
32165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32166
32167 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32168 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32169
32170 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32171
32172 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32173 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32174
32175 \(fn)" nil nil)
32176
32177 ;;;***
32178 \f
32179 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32180 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20533 50312 678915 0))
32181 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32182
32183 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32184 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32185
32186 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32187
32188 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32189 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32190
32191 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32192
32193 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32194 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32195 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32196
32197 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32198
32199 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32200 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32201
32202 \(fn)" t nil)
32203
32204 ;;;***
32205 \f
32206 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20545 60086 510404
32207 ;;;;;; 0))
32208 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32209
32210 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32211 Zone out, completely.
32212
32213 \(fn)" t nil)
32214
32215 ;;;***
32216 \f
32217 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20669 25890 774402
32426 ;;;;;; 97000))
32427
32428 ;;;***
32429 \f
32430 (provide 'loaddefs)
32431 ;; Local Variables:
32432 ;; version-control: never
32433 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32434 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32435 ;; coding: utf-8
32436 ;; End:
32437 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here